JP6183575B2 - Polymerizable compound and liquid crystal display device using the same - Google Patents
Polymerizable compound and liquid crystal display device using the same Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- JP6183575B2 JP6183575B2 JP2017506432A JP2017506432A JP6183575B2 JP 6183575 B2 JP6183575 B2 JP 6183575B2 JP 2017506432 A JP2017506432 A JP 2017506432A JP 2017506432 A JP2017506432 A JP 2017506432A JP 6183575 B2 JP6183575 B2 JP 6183575B2
- Authority
- JP
- Japan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- oco
- coo
- liquid crystal
- general formula
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Fee Related
Links
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims description 401
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 title claims description 312
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 251
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 149
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 139
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 134
- -1 naphthalene-1, 4-diyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 99
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 40
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 37
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000001140 1,4-phenylene group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([*:2])=C([H])C([H])=C1[*:1] 0.000 claims description 26
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000000379 polymerizing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000005714 2,5- (1,3-dioxanylene) group Chemical group [H]C1([H])OC([H])([*:1])OC([H])([H])C1([H])[*:2] 0.000 claims description 5
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical group [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical group [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002030 1,2-phenylene group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([*:1])=C([*:2])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001664 diethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002462 isocyano group Chemical group *[N+]#[C-] 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000250 methylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 69
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 68
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 61
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 54
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 52
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 48
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 46
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 45
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 44
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 42
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 39
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 38
- 238000005191 phase separation Methods 0.000 description 37
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 36
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 33
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 31
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 30
- 238000004873 anchoring Methods 0.000 description 26
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 26
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 25
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 24
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 24
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 23
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 23
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 22
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 125000003302 alkenyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 20
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 20
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical class O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 19
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 17
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 16
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 15
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 12
- 229920005596 polymer binder Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 239000002491 polymer binding agent Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 10
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000000149 argon plasma sintering Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 9
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000004955 1,4-cyclohexylene group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 8
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000005407 trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])[C@]([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[C@@]1([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 7
- DYLIWHYUXAJDOJ-OWOJBTEDSA-N (e)-4-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)but-2-en-1-ol Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2C\C=C\CO DYLIWHYUXAJDOJ-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000004959 2,6-naphthylene group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C2=C([H])C([*:1])=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C1[*:2] 0.000 description 6
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 6
- KJIFKLIQANRMOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxidanium;4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound O.CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 KJIFKLIQANRMOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000010526 radical polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 6
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 5
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 5
- KWKAKUADMBZCLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-octene Chemical group CCCCCCC=C KWKAKUADMBZCLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LTMRRSWNXVJMBA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 2,2-diethylpropanedioate Chemical compound CCC(CC)(C([O-])=O)C([O-])=O LTMRRSWNXVJMBA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 0 CCNC(C)(C)* Chemical compound CCNC(C)(C)* 0.000 description 4
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical class [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920000089 Cyclic olefin copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012359 Methanesulfonyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 4
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000002858 crystal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 125000004956 cyclohexylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- UKVIEHSSVKSQBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane;palladium Chemical compound C.[Pd] UKVIEHSSVKSQBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CS(Cl)(=O)=O QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 4
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium Substances [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001230 polyarylate Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001330 spinodal decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- JRMUNVKIHCOMHV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC JRMUNVKIHCOMHV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 238000012719 thermal polymerization Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004695 Polyether sulfone Substances 0.000 description 3
- HFBMWMNUJJDEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N acryloyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C=C HFBMWMNUJJDEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000005605 benzo group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000005262 ferroelectric liquid crystals (FLCs) Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012280 lithium aluminium hydride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 3
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000012788 optical film Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920006393 polyether sulfone Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000003505 polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001955 polyphenylene ether Polymers 0.000 description 3
- VVWRJUBEIPHGQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-2-yl n-propan-2-yloxycarbonyliminocarbamate Chemical compound CC(C)OC(=O)N=NC(=O)OC(C)C VVWRJUBEIPHGQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000565 sealant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001989 1,3-phenylene group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([*:1])=C([H])C([*:2])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- RPEPGIOVXBBUMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-difluorophenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC(F)=C1F RPEPGIOVXBBUMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229920002284 Cellulose triacetate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- DQFBYFPFKXHELB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chalcone Natural products C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 DQFBYFPFKXHELB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diisopropyl ether Chemical compound CC(C)OC(C)C ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 2
- MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butyllithium Chemical compound [Li]CCCC MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004988 Nematic liquid crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 2
- BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silane Chemical compound [SiH4] BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N [(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-diacetyloxy-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-triacetyloxy-6-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5,6-triacetyloxy-2-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]methyl acetate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O1)OC(C)=O)COC(=O)C)[C@@H]1[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZVQOOHYFBIDMTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [methyl(oxido){1-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]ethyl}-lambda(6)-sulfanylidene]cyanamide Chemical compound N#CN=S(C)(=O)C(C)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)N=C1 ZVQOOHYFBIDMTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010539 anionic addition polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthraquinone Natural products CCC(=O)c1c(O)c2C(=O)C3C(C=CC=C3O)C(=O)c2cc1CC(=O)OC PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZYGHJZDHTFUPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzo-alpha-pyrone Natural products C1=CC=C2OC(=O)C=CC2=C1 ZYGHJZDHTFUPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl bromide Chemical compound BrCC1=CC=CC=C1 AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L caesium carbonate Chemical compound [Cs+].[Cs+].[O-]C([O-])=O FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910000024 caesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000010538 cationic polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000005513 chalcones Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960000956 coumarin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000001671 coumarin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004815 dispersion polymer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003822 epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019000 fluorine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000007756 gravure coating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000010030 laminating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- WGOPGODQLGJZGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;butane Chemical compound [Li+].CC[CH-]C WGOPGODQLGJZGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- PSHKMPUSSFXUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylpyridin-2-amine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=CC=N1 PSHKMPUSSFXUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 description 2
- NWVVVBRKAWDGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-methoxyphenol Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 NWVVVBRKAWDGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002861 polymer material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 2
- KCTAWXVAICEBSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-enoyloxy prop-2-eneperoxoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OOOC(=O)C=C KCTAWXVAICEBSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000630 rising effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004904 shortening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910000077 silane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004381 surface treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- DQFBYFPFKXHELB-VAWYXSNFSA-N trans-chalcone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 DQFBYFPFKXHELB-VAWYXSNFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M trans-cinnamate Chemical class [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 2
- NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(ethenyl)benzene;1-ethenyl-2-ethylbenzene;styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.CCC1=CC=CC=C1C=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC)(OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LWRBVKNFOYUCNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-1-(4-methylsulfanylphenyl)-2-morpholin-4-ylpropan-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC(SC)=CC=C1C(=O)C(C)(C)N1CCOCC1 LWRBVKNFOYUCNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KUZXMFVTNSSJLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=CC=C1.O.CC1=CC=C(C=C1)S(=O)(=O)O Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1.O.CC1=CC=C(C=C1)S(=O)(=O)O KUZXMFVTNSSJLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004986 Cholesteric liquid crystals (ChLC) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005618 Fries rearrangement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005264 High molar mass liquid crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000511976 Hoya Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ozone Chemical compound [O-][O+]=O CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004983 Polymer Dispersed Liquid Crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004734 Polyphenylene sulfide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004990 Smectic liquid crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical class [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010047571 Visual impairment Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910021536 Zeolite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003377 acid catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004931 aggregating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007611 bar coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- HNYOPLTXPVRDBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N barbituric acid Chemical compound O=C1CC(=O)NC(=O)N1 HNYOPLTXPVRDBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021393 carbon nanotube Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002041 carbon nanotube Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003098 cholesteric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004927 clay Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001940 conductive polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003851 corona treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007607 die coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- WSFMFXQNYPNYGG-UHFFFAOYSA-M dimethyl-octadecyl-(3-trimethoxysilylpropyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CCC[Si](OC)(OC)OC WSFMFXQNYPNYGG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HNPSIPDUKPIQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxosilane;oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O HNPSIPDUKPIQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003618 dip coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004043 dyeing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004070 electrodeposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007775 flexo coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium;oxotin Chemical compound [In].[Sn]=O AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052809 inorganic oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010884 ion-beam technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001507 metal halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000005309 metal halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VHRYZQNGTZXDNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N methacryloyl chloride Chemical compound CC(=C)C(Cl)=O VHRYZQNGTZXDNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 230000006911 nucleation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010899 nucleation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000843 phenylene group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)* 0.000 description 1
- 229920002120 photoresistant polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009832 plasma treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003211 polymerization photoinitiator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000069 polyphenylene sulfide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007342 radical addition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012827 research and development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004043 responsiveness Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004544 sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- KUCOHFSKRZZVRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N terephthalaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 KUCOHFSKRZZVRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001187 thermosetting polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBUXRMKDJWEXRL-ZWKOTPCHSA-N trans-body Chemical compound O=C([C@@H]1N(C2=O)[C@H](C3=C(C4=CC=CC=C4N3)C1)CC)N2C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 SBUXRMKDJWEXRL-ZWKOTPCHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012780 transparent material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005369 trialkoxysilyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000009281 ultraviolet germicidal irradiation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007740 vapor deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010457 zeolite Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D319/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D319/04—1,3-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,3-dioxanes
- C07D319/06—1,3-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,3-dioxanes not condensed with other rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
- C09K19/10—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
- C09K19/12—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings at least two benzene rings directly linked, e.g. biphenyls
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
- C09K19/10—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
- C09K19/14—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
- C09K19/30—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic rings, e.g. cyclohexane rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/32—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing condensed ring systems, i.e. fused, bridged or spiro ring systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/34—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/38—Polymers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/52—Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
- C09K19/54—Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/137—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells characterised by the electro-optical or magneto-optical effect, e.g. field-induced phase transition, orientation effect, guest-host interaction or dynamic scattering
- G02F1/139—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells characterised by the electro-optical or magneto-optical effect, e.g. field-induced phase transition, orientation effect, guest-host interaction or dynamic scattering based on orientation effects in which the liquid crystal remains transparent
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02P—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
- Y02P20/00—Technologies relating to chemical industry
- Y02P20/50—Improvements relating to the production of bulk chemicals
- Y02P20/55—Design of synthesis routes, e.g. reducing the use of auxiliary or protecting groups
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Nonlinear Science (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Heterocyclic Compounds That Contain Two Or More Ring Oxygen Atoms (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal Substances (AREA)
- Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
Description
本発明は重合性基を有する化合物、当該化合物を含有する重合性組成物及び当該重合性組成物を用いた液晶表示素子に関する。 The present invention relates to a compound having a polymerizable group, a polymerizable composition containing the compound, and a liquid crystal display device using the polymerizable composition.
液晶テレビ及びスマートフォンやタブレットPCの市場は供給過多で価格競争が激化しておりLCDの低コスト化がLCDメーカーに強いられている。この現状を打破するため大手LCDメーカーではより高性能、高付加価値化を狙った研究開発が行われている。その中でも色再現性の優れているフィールドシーケンシャルフルカラー方式は特に注目され、1ms以下の高速応答性が要求されている。 LCD TVs, smartphones and tablet PCs are oversupplied and price competition is intensifying, and LCD manufacturers are forced to lower costs. In order to break through this situation, major LCD manufacturers are conducting research and development aimed at higher performance and higher added value. Of these, the field sequential full-color method, which has excellent color reproducibility, has attracted particular attention, and high-speed response of 1 ms or less is required.
しかし現状主流であるネマチック液晶を用いるだけでは応答速度が約十数msから数msと遅く新方式に利用できない。これに対しスメクチック液晶を用いた強誘電性液晶(FLC)は、数百μsの高速応答が可能である。ただしFLCを用いても明と暗の二状態のみであるためフルカラー表示に必要な中間階調の表示は容易ではない。また、配向欠陥によるコントラスト低下や耐衝撃性が弱いことによる配向の乱れがあることも課題である(特許文献1)。 However, just using nematic liquid crystal, which is the mainstream at present, has a response speed as slow as about 10 to several ms and cannot be used in the new system. In contrast, a ferroelectric liquid crystal (FLC) using a smectic liquid crystal can respond at a high speed of several hundred μs. However, even if FLC is used, there are only two states of light and dark, so that it is not easy to display halftones necessary for full color display. Another problem is that there is a disturbance in alignment due to a decrease in contrast due to alignment defects and weak impact resistance (Patent Document 1).
更に当社ではネマチック液晶における高分子安定化技術を用いる手法による開発も行われている。液晶中に光散乱を起こさないような三次元ポリマーネットワークを形成させて垂直配向させるとONからOFFに戻る時間が速くなる原理を用いて、液晶に数質量%の重合性(液晶)化合物を添加して低温で重合することにより、駆動電圧が増加して応答速度が1ms以下になることが確認されている。ただし、駆動電圧が大きくなり過ぎることが課題となっていた。 In addition, we are also developing a method using polymer stabilization technology in nematic liquid crystals. Adds several mass% of polymerizable (liquid crystal) compound to the liquid crystal using the principle that the time to return from ON to OFF becomes faster when a three-dimensional polymer network that does not cause light scattering is formed in the liquid crystal and vertically aligned. Thus, it has been confirmed that by polymerizing at a low temperature, the drive voltage increases and the response speed becomes 1 ms or less. However, the problem is that the drive voltage becomes too large.
一方で上記重合性(液晶)化合物は、数種類混ぜ合わせて重合性液晶組成物とした後、液晶状態で配列させて重合させることにより均一な配向を有するフィルム状の重合体を作製することが可能であり、これを偏光板や位相差板等に使用することができる。このようなフィルムは適切な重合性液晶組成物を用いることにより透明性、機械的強度、表面硬度、耐熱性、耐候性、保存安定性等を付与することが可能である。しかしフィルム自体の各種基材(または配向膜)への密着性が低いことが課題である(特許文献2)。添加剤の添加により解決できる場合もあるが、液晶性の低下に起因する光学特性の低下や製造工程が複雑になるという課題が新たに生じていた。 On the other hand, several polymerizable compounds (liquid crystals) can be mixed to form a polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and then aligned and polymerized in a liquid crystal state to produce a film-like polymer having a uniform orientation. This can be used for a polarizing plate, a phase difference plate, and the like. Such a film can be provided with transparency, mechanical strength, surface hardness, heat resistance, weather resistance, storage stability, and the like by using an appropriate polymerizable liquid crystal composition. However, the problem is that the adhesion of the film itself to various substrates (or alignment films) is low (Patent Document 2). In some cases, the problem can be solved by the addition of an additive, but new problems have arisen in that the optical characteristics are lowered due to the lowered liquid crystallinity and the manufacturing process is complicated.
本発明が解決しようとする課題は、重合性化合物を提供し、当該重合性化合号物を用いた高速応答かつ低電圧駆動可能な高分子安定化液晶表示素子及び各種基材または配向膜への密着性が高い重合性液晶フィルムを提供することである。 The problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a polymerizable compound, to a polymer-stabilized liquid crystal display element capable of high-speed response and low-voltage driving using the polymerizable compound and various substrates or alignment films. It is to provide a polymerizable liquid crystal film having high adhesion.
本願発明は一般式(I) The present invention relates to the general formula (I)
(式中、Pは重合性基を表し、Spはスペーサー基又は単結合を表し、A1及びA2は各々独立して、無置換であるか又は1つ以上のLによって置換されていてもよい炭素原子数3から20の芳香族又は非芳香族の環状基を表し、当該環状基の任意の炭素原子はヘテロ原子に置換されていても良いが、A1及び/又はA2が複数現れる場合は各々同一であっても異なっていても良く、LはP−Sp−基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子、ペンタフルオロスルフラニル基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、イソシアノ基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシル基、メルカプト基、メチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、ジイソプロピルアミノ基、トリメチルシリル基、ジメチルシリル基、チオイソシアノ基、又は、1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−、−S−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−CO−S−、−S−CO−、−O−CO−O−、−CO−NH−、−NH−CO−、−CH=CH−COO−、−CH=CH−OCO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCO−CH=CH−、−CH=CH−、−CF=CF−又は−C≡C−によって置換されてもよい炭素原子数1から20の直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基を表すが、Lが複数存在する場合それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、当該アルキル基中の任意の水素原子はフッ素原子に置換されても良く、Z1及びZ2は各々独立して−O−、−S−、−CH2−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−CH2CH2−、−CH2CF2−、−CF2CH2−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−CO−S−、−S−CO−、−O−CO−O−、−CO−NH−、−NH−CO−、−OCO−NH−、−NH−COO−、−NH−CO−NH−、−NH−O−、−O−NH−、−SCH2−、−CH2S−、−CF2O−、−OCF2−、−CF2S−、−SCF2−、−CH=CH−COO−、−CH=CH−OCO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCO−CH=CH−、−COO−CH2CH2−、−OCO−CH2CH2−、−CH2CH2−COO−、−CH2CH2−OCO−、−COO−CH2−、−OCO−CH2−、−CH2−COO−、−CH2−OCO−、−CH=CH−、−N=N−、−CH=N−、−N=CH−、−CH=N−N=CH−、−CF=CF−、−C≡C−又は単結合を表すが、Z1及び/又はZ2が複数現れる場合は各々同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Bは、−O−又は−CH2−を表し、m及びnは各々独立して0から5の整数を表すが、m+nは1から5の整数を表し、R1はP−Sp−基、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子、ペンタフルオロスルフラニル基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシル基、−N(Y2)2、−Si(Y2)3、又は、1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して、−O−、−S−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−CO−S−、−S−CO−、−O−CO−O−、−CO−NH−、−NH−CO−又は−C≡C−によって置換されてもよい炭素原子数1から20の直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基を表すが、当該アルキル基中の任意の水素原子はフッ素原子に置換されてもよく、Y2は水素原子、又は炭素原子数1から20の直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基を表すが、Y2が複数存在する場合それらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、P、Spが複数現れる場合は各々同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)で表される化合物を提供し、併せて当該化合物を含有する組成物、当該組成物を重合させることにより得られる重合体及び液晶表示素子を提供する。(In the formula, P represents a polymerizable group, Sp represents a spacer group or a single bond, and A 1 and A 2 are each independently unsubstituted or substituted by one or more L's. Represents an aromatic or non-aromatic cyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and any carbon atom of the cyclic group may be substituted with a hetero atom, but a plurality of A 1 and / or A 2 appear. Each may be the same or different, and L is a P-Sp- group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, a pentafluorosulfuranyl group, a nitro group, a cyano group, an isocyano group, amino group, a hydroxyl group, a mercapto group, methylamino group, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, diisopropylamino group, trimethylsilyl group, dimethylsilyl group, Chioisoshiano group, or one -CH 2 Or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - each independently is -O -, - S -, - CO -, - COO -, - OCO -, - CO-S -, - S-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NH-, -NH-CO-, -CH = CH-COO-, -CH = CH-OCO-, -COO-CH = CH-, -OCO-CH = CH A linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted by —, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF— or —C≡C—, but a plurality of L are present They may be the same or different, and any hydrogen atom in the alkyl group may be substituted with a fluorine atom, and Z 1 and Z 2 are each independently —O—, —S—, -CH 2 -, - OCH 2 - , - CH 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CF 2 -, - CF CH 2 -, - CO -, - COO -, - OCO -, - CO-S -, - S-CO -, - OCO-O -, - CO-NH -, - NH-CO -, - OCO —NH—, —NH—COO—, —NH—CO—NH—, —NH—O—, —O—NH—, —SCH 2 —, —CH 2 S—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 -, - CF 2 S -, - SCF 2 -, - CH = CH-COO -, - CH = CH-OCO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCO-CH = CH -, - COO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO -, - COO-CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 -, - CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 -OCO -, - CH = CH -, - N = N -, - CH = N -, - N = CH -, - CH = N N = CH -, - CF = CF -, - C≡C- or represents a single bond, or different an each identical if Z 1 and / or Z 2 appears more, B is —O— or —CH 2 —, wherein m and n each independently represents an integer of 0 to 5, m + n represents an integer of 1 to 5, and R 1 represents a P-Sp- group, a hydrogen atom, Fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, pentafluorosulfuranyl group, nitro group, cyano group, hydroxyl group, -N (Y 2 ) 2 , -Si (Y 2 ) 3 , or one- CH 2 — or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — are each independently —O—, —S—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—S—, —S. May be substituted by -CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NH-, -NH-CO- or -C≡C- Represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, optional hydrogen atom in the alkyl group may be substituted by a fluorine atom, Y 2 is a hydrogen atom, or a C 1 -C 20 represents a linear or branched alkyl group, and when a plurality of Y 2 are present, they may be the same or different, and when a plurality of P and Sp appear, they are the same or different. May be. ), A composition containing the compound, a polymer obtained by polymerizing the composition, and a liquid crystal display device.
本願発明の化合物は、重合性組成物を加熱調製した場合に高速応答性及び低電圧駆動性を示すため、高分子安定化液晶表示素子に用いる重合性組成物の構成部材として有用である。また、本願発明の化合物を含有する組成物を用いた重合体(光学異方体)は、各種基材または配向膜への密着性に優れることから、光学材料の用途に有用である。 The compound of the present invention is useful as a constituent member of a polymerizable composition used for a polymer-stabilized liquid crystal display element because it exhibits high-speed response and low-voltage drive when the polymerizable composition is heated. Moreover, since the polymer (optical anisotropic body) using the composition containing the compound of the present invention is excellent in adhesion to various base materials or alignment films, it is useful for optical materials.
本願発明は一般式(I)で表される化合物を提供し、併せて当該化合物を含有する組成物、当該組成物を重合させることにより得られる重合体、当該重合体を用いた液晶表示素子及び重合性液晶フィルムを提供する。 The present invention provides a compound represented by the general formula (I), a composition containing the compound, a polymer obtained by polymerizing the composition, a liquid crystal display device using the polymer, and A polymerizable liquid crystal film is provided.
一般式(I)において、Pは重合基を表すが、下記の式(P−1)から式(P−18) In the general formula (I), P represents a polymerizable group, but the following formula (P-1) to formula (P-18)
から選ばれる基を表すことが好ましく、これらの重合性基はラジカル重合、ラジカル付加重合、カチオン重合及びアニオン重合により重合する。特に重合方法として紫外線重合を行う場合には、式(P−1)、式(P−2)、式(P−3)、式(P−4)、式(P−5)、式(P−7)、式(P−11)、式(P−13)、式(P−15)又は式(P−18)が好ましく、式(P−1)、式(P−2)、式(P−3)、式(P−7)、式(P−11)又は式(P−13)がより好ましく、式(P−1)、式(P−2)又は式(P−3)がさらに好ましく、式(P−1)又は式(P−2)が特に好ましい。一般式(I)において、Pが複数存在する場合は各々同一であっても異なっていても良い。 Preferably, these polymerizable groups are polymerized by radical polymerization, radical addition polymerization, cationic polymerization and anionic polymerization. In particular, when ultraviolet polymerization is performed as a polymerization method, the formula (P-1), formula (P-2), formula (P-3), formula (P-4), formula (P-5), formula (P -7), formula (P-11), formula (P-13), formula (P-15) or formula (P-18) are preferred, and formula (P-1), formula (P-2), formula (P-18) P-3), formula (P-7), formula (P-11) or formula (P-13) is more preferred, and formula (P-1), formula (P-2) or formula (P-3) is more preferred. More preferred is formula (P-1) or (P-2). In general formula (I), when a plurality of P are present, they may be the same or different.
一般式(I)において、Spはスペーサー基又は単結合を表すが、1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−、−COO−、−OCO−又は−OCO−O−に置き換えられてもよい炭素原子数1から20のアルキレン基又は単結合を表すことが好ましく、1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−、−COO−又は−OCO−に置き換えられてもよい炭素原子数1から12のアルキレン基を表すことがより好ましく、1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−に置き換えられてもよい炭素原子数1から12のアルキレン基を表すことがさらに好ましく、1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−に置き換えられてもよい炭素原子数1から8のアルキレン基がさらにまた好ましく、炭素原子数1から8のアルキレン基が特に好ましい。一般式(I)において、Spが複数存在する場合は各々同一であっても異なっていても良い。In the general formula (I), Sp represents a spacer group or a single bond, but one —CH 2 — or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — are each independently —O—, —COO—. Preferably represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a single bond, which may be replaced by -OCO- or -OCO-O-, one -CH 2 -or two or more non-adjacent ones It is more preferable that —CH 2 — each independently represents an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms that may be independently replaced by —O—, —COO— or —OCO—, and one —CH 2 — or More preferably, two or more —CH 2 — that are not adjacent to each other independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms that may be independently replaced by —O—, and one —CH 2 — or Two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 An alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in which-may be independently replaced by -O- is still more preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is particularly preferable. In the general formula (I), when a plurality of Sp are present, they may be the same or different.
一般式(I)において、Bは−O−又は−CH2−を表すが、−O−を表すことが好ましい。In the general formula (I), B represents —O— or —CH 2 —, but preferably represents —O—.
一般式(I)において、A1及びA2は各々独立して、無置換又は1つ以上の下記Lによって置換されていてもよい炭素原子数3から20の芳香族又は非芳香族の環状基を表し、当該環状基の任意の炭素原子はヘテロ原子に置換されていてもよく、A1及び/又はA2が複数現れる場合は各々同一であっても異なっていてもよいが、無置換又は1〜2個の置換基Lによって置換された1,2−フェニレン基、1,3−フェニレン基、1,4−フェニレン基、ナフタレン−1,4−ジイル基、ナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基、シクロヘキサン−1,4−ジイル基、1,4−シクロヘキセニレン基、ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン−1,4−ジイル基、スピロ[3.3]ヘプタン−2,6−ジイル基、1,3‐ジオキサン‐2,5−ジイル基、ピペリジン−2,5−ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基、1,2,3,4−テトラヒドロナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基、インダン−2,5−ジイル基、チオフェン−2,5−ジイル基又はフルオレン−2,7−ジイル基を表すことが好ましく、無置換又は1〜2個の置換基Lによって置換された1,2−フェニレン基、1,3−フェニレン基、1,4−フェニレン基、ナフタレン−1,4−ジイル基、ナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基、シクロヘキサン−1,4−ジイル基、1,3−ジオキサン−2,5ジイル基、インダン−2,5−ジイル基、チオフェン−2,5−ジイル基又はフルオレン−2,7−ジイル基を表すことがより好ましく、無置換又は1〜2個の置換基Lによって置換された1,4−フェニレン基、ナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基、シクロヘキサン−1,4−ジイル基又は1,3−ジオキサン−2,5ジイル基を表すことがさらに好ましく、A1は無置換又は1〜2個の置換基Lによって置換された1,4−フェニレン基を表すことが特に好ましく、A2は無置換又は1〜2個のLによって置換された1,4−フェニレン基又は1,3−ジオキサン−2,5ジイル基が特に好ましいが、上記Bを有する環に直接連結するA2は無置換又は1〜2個のLによって置換された1,4−フェニレン基を表すことが特に好ましい。In the general formula (I), A 1 and A 2 are each independently an aromatic or non-aromatic cyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more of the following L Any carbon atom of the cyclic group may be substituted with a hetero atom, and when a plurality of A 1 and / or A 2 appear, they may be the same or different from each other. 1,2-phenylene group, 1,3-phenylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, naphthalene-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group substituted by one or two substituents L , Cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, bicyclo [2.2.2] octane-1,4-diyl group, spiro [3.3] heptane-2,6-diyl group 1,3-Dioxane-2,5-diyl group , Piperidine-2,5-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, indane-2,5-diyl group, thiophene- It preferably represents a 2,5-diyl group or a fluorene-2,7-diyl group, and is a 1,2-phenylene group, a 1,3-phenylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 2 substituents L, 1,4-phenylene group, naphthalene-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group, 1,3-dioxane-2,5diyl group, indane-2, More preferably, it represents a 5-diyl group, a thiophene-2,5-diyl group or a fluorene-2,7-diyl group, and is a 1,4-phenylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 2 substituents L , Na The array type 2,6-diyl group, more preferably represent a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group or 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl group, A 1 is unsubstituted or one to two substituents L It is particularly preferable that A 2 represents a 1,4-phenylene group or 1,3-dioxane-2,5diyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 2 L. The group is particularly preferred, but it is particularly preferred that A 2 directly linked to the ring having B represents a 1,4-phenylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 2 Ls.
一般式(I)において、置換基LはP−Sp−基(P、Spはそれぞれ、上述の基を表す。)、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子、ペンタフルオロスルフラニル基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、イソシアノ基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシル基、メルカプト基、メチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、ジイソプロピルアミノ基、トリメチルシリル基、ジメチルシリル基、チオイソシアノ基、又は、1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−、−S−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−CO−S−、−S−CO−、−O−CO−O−、−CO−NH−、−NH−CO−、−CH=CH−COO−、−CH=CH−OCO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCO−CH=CH−、−CH=CH−、−CF=CF−又は−C≡C−によって置換されてもよい炭素原子数1から20の直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基を表すが、置換基Lが複数現れる場合は各々同一であっても異なっていてもよく、当該アルキル基中の任意の水素原子はフッ素原子に置換されてもよいが、P−Sp−基、フッ素原子、塩素原子又は1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−に置き換えられてもよい炭素原子数1から10の直鎖状アルキル基を表すことが好ましく、P−Sp−基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、メチル基、エチル基又はメトキシ基を表すことがより好ましい。In the general formula (I), the substituent L is a P—Sp— group (P and Sp each represent the above-mentioned group), a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, a pentafluorosulfuranyl group, Nitro group, cyano group, isocyano group, amino group, hydroxyl group, mercapto group, methylamino group, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, diisopropylamino group, trimethylsilyl group, dimethylsilyl group, thioisocyano group, or one -CH 2- or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — are each independently —O—, —S—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—S—, —S—CO. -, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NH-, -NH-CO-, -CH = CH-COO-, -CH = CH-OCO-, -COO-CH = CH-, -OCO-CH = CH-, Represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted by -CH = CH-, -CF = CF- or -C≡C-, but when a plurality of substituents L appear Each may be the same or different, and any hydrogen atom in the alkyl group may be substituted with a fluorine atom, but a P-Sp- group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or one —CH 2 -Or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — are preferably each independently a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be replaced by —O—, and P—Sp— More preferably, it represents a group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a methoxy group.
一般式(I)において、Z1及びZ2は各々独立して−O−、−S−、−CH2−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−CH2CH2−、−CH2CF2−、−CF2CH2−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−CO−S−、−S−CO−、−O−CO−O−、−CO−NH−、−NH−CO−、−OCO−NH−、−NH−COO−、−NH−CO−NH−、−NH−O−、−O−NH−、−SCH2−、−CH2S−、−CF2O−、−OCF2−、−CF2S−、−SCF2−、−CH=CH−COO−、−CH=CH−OCO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCO−CH=CH−、−COO−CH2CH2−、−OCO−CH2CH2−、−CH2CH2−COO−、−CH2CH2−OCO−、−COO−CH2−、−OCO−CH2−、−CH2−COO−、−CH2−OCO−、−CH=CH−、−N=N−、−CH=N−、−N=CH−、−CH=N−N=CH−、−CF=CF−、−C≡C−又は単結合を表し、Z1及び/又はZ2が複数現れる場合は各々同一であっても異なっていてもよいが、−COO−、−OCO−、−COO−CH2CH2−、−OCO−CH2CH2−、−CH2CH2−COO−、−CH2CH2−OCO−又は単結合を表すことが好ましく、−COO−、−OCO−又は単結合を表すことがより好ましい。特に、上記Bを有する環に直接連結するZ2は単結合を表すことが好ましい。In the general formula (I), Z 1 and Z 2 are each independently —O—, —S—, —CH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH. 2 CF 2 -, - CF 2 CH 2 -, - CO -, - COO -, - OCO -, - CO-S -, - S-CO -, - OCO-O -, - CO-NH-, —NH—CO—, —OCO—NH—, —NH—COO—, —NH—CO—NH—, —NH—O—, —O—NH—, —SCH 2 —, —CH 2 S—, — CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 S—, —SCF 2 —, —CH═CH—COO—, —CH═CH—OCO—, —COO—CH═CH—, —OCO—CH═ CH -, - COO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OC -, - COO-CH 2 - , - OCO-CH 2 -, - CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 -OCO -, - CH = CH -, - N = N -, - CH = N -, - N ═CH—, —CH═N—N═CH—, —CF═CF—, —C≡C— or a single bond, and when multiple occurrences of Z 1 and / or Z 2 are the same or different may be but, -COO -, - OCO -, - COO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO- or It preferably represents a single bond, and more preferably represents —COO—, —OCO— or a single bond. In particular, Z 2 directly connected to the ring having B preferably represents a single bond.
一般式(I)において、m及びnは各々独立して0から5の整数を表し、m+nは1から5の整数を表すが、m+nは1から4の整数を表すことが好ましく、m+nは1から3の整数を表すことがより好ましく、m+nは1または2を表すことがさらに好ましい。 In the general formula (I), m and n each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, m + n represents an integer of 1 to 5, m + n preferably represents an integer of 1 to 4, and m + n is 1 It is more preferable that the integer of 3 is represented, and it is more preferable that m + n represents 1 or 2.
一般式(I)において、R1はP−Sp−基(P、Spはそれぞれ、上述の基を表す。)、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子、ペンタフルオロスルフラニル基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシル基、−N(Y2)2、−Si(Y2)3、又は、1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して、−O−、−S−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−CO−S−、−S−CO−、−O−CO−O−、−CO−NH−、−NH−CO−又は−C≡C−によって置換されてもよい炭素原子数1から20の直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基を表すが、当該アルキル基中の任意の水素原子はフッ素原子に置換されてもよく、Y2は水素原子、又は炭素原子数1から20の直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基を表すが、Y2が複数現れる場合は各々同一であっても異なっていてもよく、R1はP−Sp−基、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、トリフルオロメチル基又は1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−、−S−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−又は−OCO−O−に置き換えられてもよい炭素原子数1から20の直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基を表すことが好ましく、P−Sp−基又は、1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−に置き換えられてもよい炭素原子数1から12の直鎖状アルキル基を表すことがより好ましい。In the general formula (I), R 1 is a P—Sp— group (P and Sp are the above-mentioned groups, respectively), a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, and pentafluorosulfuranyl. Group, nitro group, cyano group, hydroxyl group, —N (Y 2 ) 2 , —Si (Y 2 ) 3 , or one —CH 2 — or two or more —CH 2 — not adjacent to each other. Each independently -O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-S-, -S-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NH- Represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted by —NH—CO— or —C≡C—, wherein any hydrogen atom in the alkyl group is a fluorine atom. may be substituted, Y 2 is a hydrogen atom, or a carbon atom number of 1 to 20 linear or branched Represents an alkyl group, or different an each identical if Y 2 appears more, R 1 is P-Sp- groups, a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or one trifluoromethyl group —CH 2 — or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — are each independently replaced with —O—, —S—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO— or —OCO—O—. preferably represents a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having from good carbon atoms 1 even 20 is, P-Sp- groups or one -CH 2 - or two or more -CH nonadjacent More preferably, each 2- represents a linear alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may be independently replaced by -O-.
一般式(I)で表される化合物として、下記一般式(i−1)から(i−5)で表される化合物がより好ましい。 As the compound represented by the general formula (I), compounds represented by the following general formulas (i-1) to (i-5) are more preferable.
(式中、P、Sp、A1、A2、Z1、Z2、B及びR1は各々独立して一般式(I)で定義されたものと同一のものを表す。)
一般式(i−1)から(i−5)で表される化合物のうち、一般式(i−2)及び一般式(i−5)で表される化合物がさらに好ましい。(In the formula, P, Sp, A 1 , A 2 , Z 1 , Z 2 , B and R 1 each independently represent the same as defined in the general formula (I).)
Of the compounds represented by general formulas (i-1) to (i-5), compounds represented by general formula (i-2) and general formula (i-5) are more preferable.
一般式(i−1)から(i−5)で表される化合物は、それぞれ、下記一般式(ia−1)から(ia−5−2)で表される化合物が好ましい。 The compounds represented by the general formulas (i-1) to (i-5) are preferably compounds represented by the following general formulas (ia-1) to (ia-5-5-2), respectively.
(式中、P、Sp、及びLは一般式(I)で定義されたものと同一のものを表し、aは各々独立して0から2の整数を表し、Z1a、Z2aは−COO−、−OCO−、−COO−CH2CH2−、−OCO−CH2CH2−、−CH2CH2−COO−、−CH2CH2−OCO−又は単結合を表し、R1aはP−Sp−基又は、1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−に置き換えられてもよい炭素原子数1から12の直鎖状アルキル基を表す。)
一般式(ia−1)から一般式(ia−5‐2)で表される化合物に含まれる下記式(a−1)で表される基としては、下記式(a−2)から(a−7)より選択される基が好ましい。(In the formula, P, Sp, and L are the same as defined in formula (I), a is independently an integer of 0 to 2, and Z 1a and Z 2a are —COO; -, - OCO -, - COO -CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO- or a single bond, R 1a is P-Sp- groups or one -CH 2 - or adjacent have not more than one -CH 2 - are each independently linear -O- from good carbon atoms 1 be replaced 12 Represents an alkyl group.)
The groups represented by the following formula (a-1) contained in the compounds represented by the general formulas (ia-1) to (ia-5-2) include the following formulas (a-2) to (a A group selected from -7) is preferred.
(Lは一般式(I)で定義されたものと同一のものを表す。)
上記一般式(ia−2)、一般式(ia−5−1)、一般式(ia−5−2)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(ib−2−1)から(ib−5−2−1)で表される化合物が特に好ましい。(L represents the same as defined in formula (I).)
The compounds represented by the general formula (ia-2), general formula (ia-5-1), and general formula (ia-5-2) are represented by the following general formulas (ib-2-1) to (ib-5). The compound represented by 2-1) is particularly preferable.
(式中、P、Sp、及びLは一般式(I)で定義されたものと同一のものを表すが、P、Spが複数現れる場合は各々同一であっても異なっていてもよく、a及びZ2aは一般式(ia−1)〜(ia−5−2)で定義されたものと同一のものを表し、R1bは1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−に置き換えられてもよい炭素原子数1から12の直鎖状アルキル基を表す。)
上記一般式(ib−2−1)から一般式(ib−5−2−1)で表される化合物のうち、一般式(ib−2−2)、一般式(ib−5−1−2)、一般式(ib−5−2−1)で表される化合物が好ましく、一般式(ib−2−2)、一般式(ib−5−2−1)で表される化合物が特に好ましい。(In the formula, P, Sp, and L are the same as those defined in the general formula (I), but when a plurality of P and Sp appear, they may be the same or different, and a And Z 2a represents the same as defined in the general formulas (ia-1) to (ia-5-2), and R 1b represents one —CH 2 — or two or more non-adjacent ones. represents -CH 2 - are each independently -O- from good carbon atoms 1 be replaced in 12 linear alkyl group).
Among the compounds represented by the general formula (ib-2-1) to the general formula (ib-5-2-1), the general formula (ib-2-2) and the general formula (ib-5-1-2) ), A compound represented by the general formula (ib-5-2-1) is preferable, and a compound represented by the general formula (ib-2-2) or the general formula (ib-5-2-1) is particularly preferable. .
一般式(I)で表される化合物として、具体的には、下記の式(I−1)から式(I−56)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Specifically, the compounds represented by the general formula (I) are preferably compounds represented by the following formulas (I-1) to (I-56).
本願発明の化合物は以下の製法で製造することができる。
(製法1)下記式(i−a2)で表される化合物の製造The compound of this invention can be manufactured with the following manufacturing methods.
(Production method 1) Production of a compound represented by the following formula (i-a2)
(式中、P、Sp及びLは一般式(I)で定義されたものと同一のものを表し、a及びR1aは一般式(ia−1)〜(ia−5−2)で定義されたものと同一のものを表し、PGは保護基を表す。)
一般式(S−1)で表される化合物のヒドロキシル基を保護基(PG)により保護する。保護基(PG)の種類としては、反応過程において一般式(S−2)で表される化合物を与えるものであり、以降の工程において安定に当該ヒドロキシル基を保護しうるものであれば特に制限は無いが、例えば、GREENE’S PROTECTIVE GROUPS IN ORGANIG SYNTHESIS((Fourth Edition)、PETER G.M.WUTS、THEODORA W.GREENE共著、A John Wiley & Sons,Inc.,Publication)に挙げられている保護基が好ましい。(In the formula, P, Sp and L are the same as defined in formula (I), and a and R 1a are defined in formulas (ia-1) to (ia-5-2)). And PG represents a protecting group.)
The hydroxyl group of the compound represented by formula (S-1) is protected with a protecting group (PG). The kind of the protective group (PG) is not particularly limited as long as it gives the compound represented by the general formula (S-2) in the reaction process and can stably protect the hydroxyl group in the subsequent steps. For example, GREEN'S PROTECTIVE GROUPS IN ORGANIG SYNTHESIS ((Fourth Edition), PETER GM WUTS, THEODARA W. GREENE co-authored, A John Wiley & Son, Inc.) Groups are preferred.
一般式(S−2)で表される化合物を例えばメタンスルホニルクロリド(MsCl)と反応させることにより一般式(S−3)で表される化合物を得られるが、次反応においてマロン酸ジエチルをアルキル化することにより一般式(S−4)で表される化合物を与えるものであればこれに限定されるものではない。 By reacting the compound represented by the general formula (S-2) with, for example, methanesulfonyl chloride (MsCl), a compound represented by the general formula (S-3) can be obtained. In the next reaction, diethyl malonate is alkylated. If it gives the compound represented by general formula (S-4) by converting, it will not be limited to this.
一般式(S−3)で表される化合物をマロン酸ジエチルと反応させることにより一般式(S−4)で表される化合物を得る。 The compound represented by the general formula (S-4) is obtained by reacting the compound represented by the general formula (S-3) with diethyl malonate.
一般式(S−4)で表される化合物を例えば水素化アルミニウムリチウムにより還元することにより一般式(S−5)で表される化合物を得られるが、還元反応により(S−5)で表される化合物を与えるものであればこれに限定されるものではない。 A compound represented by the general formula (S-5) can be obtained by reducing the compound represented by the general formula (S-4) with, for example, lithium aluminum hydride. However, the present invention is not limited to this as long as it provides the compound.
一般式(S−5)で表される化合物と一般式(S−6)で表される化合物を酸触媒として例えばパラトルエンスルホン酸を使用して脱水縮合することにより一般式(S−7)で表される化合物を得られるが、脱水縮合により(S−7)で表される化合物を与えるものであればこれに限定されるものではない。 The compound represented by the general formula (S-5) and the compound represented by the general formula (S-6) are subjected to dehydration condensation using, for example, para-toluenesulfonic acid as an acid catalyst, to thereby obtain the general formula (S-7). However, it is not limited to this as long as the compound represented by (S-7) is obtained by dehydration condensation.
一般式(S−7)で表される化合物の保護基(PG)を脱保護する。脱保護の反応条件としては、反応過程において一般式(S−8)で表される化合物を与えるものであれば特に制限は無いが、例えば、GREENE’S PROTECTIVE GROUPS IN ORGANIG SYNTHESIS((Fourth Edition)、PETER G.M.WUTS、THEODORA W.GREENE共著、A John Wiley & Sons,Inc.,Publication)に挙げられている反応条件が好ましい。 The protecting group (PG) of the compound represented by formula (S-7) is deprotected. The reaction conditions for deprotection are not particularly limited as long as they give the compound represented by formula (S-8) in the reaction process. For example, GREEN'S PROTECTIVE GROUPS IN ORGANIG SYNTHESIS ((Fourth Edition) , PETER G.M.WUTS, THEODARA W.GREENE, A John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Publication).
一般式(S−8)で表される化合物と重合基を形成する化合物を反応させることにより一般式(i―a2)で表される化合物を得る。 A compound represented by the general formula (ia-2) is obtained by reacting the compound represented by the general formula (S-8) with a compound that forms a polymerization group.
(i―a1)及び(i―a3)〜(i―a5−2)も同様の方法で製造することができる。 (I-a1) and (i-a3) to (i-a5-2) can also be produced by the same method.
各工程の反応条件として、例えば、実験化学講座(日本化学会編、丸善株式会社発行)、Organic Syntheses(A John Wiley & Sons,Inc.,Publication)、Beilstein Handbook of Organic Chemistry(Beilstein−Institut fuer Literatur der Organischen Chemie、Springer−Verlag Berlin and Heidelberg GmbH & Co.K)、Fiesers’ Reagents for Organic Synthesis(John Wiley & Sons,Inc.)等の文献若しくはSciFinder又はReaxys等のデータベースに収録されている条件が挙げられる。 As reaction conditions of each process, for example, Experimental Chemistry Course (edited by the Chemical Society of Japan, published by Maruzen Co., Ltd.), Organic Synthesis (A John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Publication), Beilstein Handbook of Organic Chemistry (Industritory Chemistry) der Organischen Chemie, Springer-Verlag Berlin and Heidelberg GmbH & Co. K), Fiesers' Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Re, et al., John Wiley & S. et al., John Wiley & S. et al. Like The conditions that have been.
また、各工程において必要に応じて精製を行うことができる。精製方法としてはクロマトグラフィー、再結晶、蒸留、分液処理等が挙げられる。精製剤を用いる場合、シリカゲル、アルミナ、活性炭、活性白土、セライト、ゼオライト、メソポーラスシリカ、カーボンナノチューブ、イオン交換樹脂等が挙げられる。
<高分子安定化液晶表示素子用重合性液晶組成物>
[液晶化合物]
高分子安定化液晶表示素子を構成するため、本願発明の上記一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物と混合して使用される重合性液晶組成物としては、一般式(LC)で表される液晶化合物を含有することが好ましい。In each step, purification can be performed as necessary. Examples of the purification method include chromatography, recrystallization, distillation, liquid separation treatment and the like. In the case of using a purification agent, silica gel, alumina, activated carbon, activated clay, celite, zeolite, mesoporous silica, carbon nanotube, ion exchange resin and the like can be mentioned.
<Polymerizable liquid crystal composition for polymer stabilized liquid crystal display element>
[Liquid Crystal Compound]
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition used by mixing with the polymerizable compound represented by the above general formula (I) of the present invention to constitute a polymer stabilized liquid crystal display element is represented by the general formula (LC). It is preferable to contain a liquid crystal compound.
一般式(LC)中、RLCは、炭素原子数1〜15のアルキル基を表す。該アルキル基中の1つ又は2つ以上のCH2基は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、−O−、−CH=CH−、−CO−、−OCO−、−COO−又は−C≡C−で置換されてよく、該アルキル基中の1つ又は2つ以上の水素原子は任意にハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい。RLCのアルキル基は、それぞれ分岐鎖状の基であってもよく、直鎖状の基であってもよいが、直鎖状の基であることが好ましい。In the general formula (LC), R LC represents an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. One or more CH 2 groups in the alkyl group may be —O—, —CH═CH—, —CO—, —OCO—, —COO— or —C, so that the oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent. ≡C— may be substituted, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group may be optionally substituted with a halogen atom. Alkyl group R LC may be respectively branched chain groups, may be straight chain groups, but is preferably a linear group.
一般式(LC)中、ALC1及びALC2は、それぞれ独立して、下記の基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)からなる群より選ばれる基を表す。
(a)トランス−1,4−シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個のCH2基又は隣接していない2個以上のCH2基は酸素原子又は硫黄原子で置換されていてもよい。)、
(b)1,4−フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個のCH基又は隣接していない2個以上のCH基は窒素原子で置換されていてもよい。)、
(c)1,4−ビシクロ(2.2.2)オクチレン基、ナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基、1,2,3,4−テトラヒドロナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基、又はクロマン−2,6−ジイル基。In the general formula (LC), A LC1 and A LC2 each independently represent a group selected from the group consisting of the following group (a), group (b) and group (c).
(A) trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group (one CH 2 group present in this group or two or more CH 2 groups not adjacent to each other may be substituted with an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom) ),
(B) 1,4-phenylene group (one CH group present in this group or two or more non-adjacent CH groups may be substituted with a nitrogen atom),
(C) 1,4-bicyclo (2.2.2) octylene group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2 , 6-diyl group or chroman-2,6-diyl group.
前記の基(a)、基(b)又は基(c)に含まれる1つ又は2つ以上の水素原子はそれぞれ、フッ素原子、塩素原子、−CF3又は−OCF3で置換されていてもよい。One or two or more hydrogen atoms contained in the group (a), group (b) or group (c) may be substituted with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, —CF 3 or —OCF 3 , respectively. Good.
一般式(LC)中、ZLCは単結合、−CH=CH−、−CF=CF−、−C≡C−、−CH2CH2−、−(CH2)4−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−OCF2−、−CF2O−、−COO−又は−OCO−を表す。In the general formula (LC), Z LC is a single bond, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF—, —C≡C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —. , -CH 2 O -, - OCF 2 -, - CF 2 O -, - COO- or an -OCO-.
一般式(LC)中、YLCは、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、及び炭素原子数1〜15のアルキル基を表す。該アルキル基中の1つ又は2つ以上のCH2基は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、−O−、−CH=CH−、−CO−、−OCO−、−COO−、−C≡C−、−CF2O−、−OCF2−で置換されてよく、該アルキル基中の1つ又は2つ以上の水素原子は任意にハロゲン原子によって置換されていてもよい。In general formula (LC), YLC represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, and an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. One or more CH 2 groups in the alkyl group may be —O—, —CH═CH—, —CO—, —OCO—, —COO—, —C, so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent. ≡C—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 — may be substituted, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group may be optionally substituted with a halogen atom.
一般式(LC)中、aは1〜4の整数を表す。aが2、3又は4を表し、一般式(LC)中にALC1が複数存在する場合、複数存在するALC1は、同一であっても異なっていてもよく、ZLCが複数存在する場合、複数存在するZLCは、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。In general formula (LC), a represents an integer of 1 to 4. When a represents 2, 3 or 4, and there are a plurality of ALC1s in the general formula (LC), the plurality of ALC1s may be the same or different, and there are a plurality of ZLCs A plurality of Z LCs may be the same or different.
前記一般式(LC)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(LC1)及び一般式(LC2)で表される化合物群から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (LC) is preferably one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds represented by the following general formula (LC1) and general formula (LC2).
一般式(LC1)又は(LC2)中、RLC11及びRLC21は、それぞれ独立して炭素原子数1〜15のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1つ又は2つ以上のCH2基は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、−O−、−CH=CH−、−CO−、−OCO−、−COO−又は−C≡C−で置換されてよく、該アルキル基中の1つ又は2つ以上の水素原子は任意にハロゲン原子によって置換されていてもよい。一般式(LC1)又は(LC2)で表わされる化合物としては、RLC11及びRLC21は、それぞれ独立して炭素原子数1〜7のアルキル基、炭素原子数1〜7のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2〜7のアルケニル基が好ましく、炭素原子数1〜5のアルキル基、炭素原子数1〜5のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2〜5のアルケニル基がより好ましく、直鎖状であることが更に好ましく、アルケニル基としては下記構造を表すことが最も好ましい。In general formula (LC1) or (LC2), R LC11 and R LC21 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and one or more CH 2 groups in the alkyl group are One of the alkyl groups may be substituted with —O—, —CH═CH—, —CO—, —OCO—, —COO— or —C≡C— so that the oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent. Alternatively, two or more hydrogen atoms may be optionally substituted with a halogen atom. As the compound represented by the general formula (LC1) or (LC2), R LC11 and R LC21 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, or the number of carbon atoms. An alkenyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are more preferable, and is further linear. The alkenyl group preferably represents the following structure.
(式中、環構造へは右端で結合するものとする。)
一般式(LC1)又は(LC2)中、ALC11及びALC21はそれぞれ独立して下記の何れかの構造を表す。該構造中、シクロヘキシレン基中の1つ又は2つ以上のCH2基は酸素原子で置換されていてもよく、1,4−フェニレン基中の1つ又は2つ以上のCH基は窒素原子で置換されていてもよく、また、該構造中の1つ又は2つ以上の水素原子はフッ素原子、塩素原子、−CF3又は−OCF3で置換されていてもよい。(In the formula, it shall be bonded to the ring structure at the right end.)
In general formula (LC1) or (LC2), A LC11 and A LC21 each independently represent any one of the following structures. In the structure, one or more CH 2 groups in the cyclohexylene group may be substituted with an oxygen atom, and one or more CH groups in the 1,4-phenylene group are nitrogen atoms. And one or more hydrogen atoms in the structure may be substituted with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, —CF 3 or —OCF 3 .
一般式(LC1)又は(LC2)で表わされる化合物としては、ALC11及びALC21はそれぞれ独立して下記の何れかの構造が好ましい。As the compound represented by the general formula (LC1) or (LC2), ALC11 and ALC21 each independently preferably have one of the following structures.
一般式(LC1)又は(LC2)中、XLC11、XLC12、XLC21〜XLC23は、それぞれ独立して水素原子、塩素原子、フッ素原子、−CF3又は−OCF3を表し、YLC11及びYLC21はそれぞれ独立して水素原子、塩素原子、フッ素原子、シアノ基、−CF3、−OCH2F、−OCHF2又は−OCF3を表す。一般式(LC1)又は(LC2)で表わされる化合物としては、YLC11及びYLC21は、それぞれ独立してフッ素原子、シアノ基、−CF3又は−OCF3が好ましく、フッ素原子又は−OCF3がより好ましく、フッ素原子が特に好ましい。In the general formula (LC1) or (LC2), X LC11, X LC12, X LC21 ~X LC23 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, a -CF 3 or -OCF 3, Y LC11 and Y LC21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, —CF 3 , —OCH 2 F, —OCHF 2 or —OCF 3 . As the compound represented by the general formula (LC1) or (LC2), Y LC11 and Y LC21 are each independently preferably a fluorine atom, a cyano group, —CF 3 or —OCF 3 , and a fluorine atom or —OCF 3 is More preferred is a fluorine atom.
一般式(LC1)又は(LC2)中、ZLC11及びZLC21は、それぞれ独立して単結合、−CH=CH−、−CF=CF−、−C≡C−、−CH2CH2−、−(CH2)4−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−OCF2−、−CF2O−、−COO−又は−OCO−を表す。一般式(LC1)又は(LC2)で表わされる化合物としては、ZLC11及びZLC21は、それぞれ独立して単結合、−CH2CH2−、−COO−、−OCO−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−OCF2−又は−CF2O−が好ましく、単結合、−CH2CH2−、−OCH2−、−OCF2−又は−CF2O−がより好ましく、単結合、−OCH2−又は−CF2O−が更に好ましい。In general formula (LC1) or (LC2), Z LC11 and Z LC21 each independently represent a single bond, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF— , —C≡C— , —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —COO— or —OCO— is represented. As the compound represented by the general formula (LC1) or (LC2), Z LC11 and Z LC21 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —COO— , —OCO— , —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O— is preferred, and a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O— is more preferred, and a single bond , —OCH 2 — or —CF 2 O— is more preferable.
一般式(LC1)又は(LC2)中、mLC11及びmLC21は、それぞれ独立して1〜4の整数を表す。一般式(LC1)又は(LC2)で表わされる化合物としては、mLC11及びmLC21は、それぞれ独立して1、2又は3が好ましく、低温での保存安定性、応答速度を重視する場合には1又は2がより好ましく、ネマチック相上限温度の上限値を改善する場合には2又は3がより好ましい。一般式(LC1)又は(LC2)中に、ALC11、ALC21、ZLC11及びZLC21が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。In general formula (LC1) or (LC2), m LC11 and m LC21 each independently represent an integer of 1 to 4. As the compound represented by the general formula (LC1) or (LC2), mLC11 and mLC21 are preferably independently 1, 2 or 3, respectively, and when importance is attached to storage stability at low temperature and response speed. 1 or 2 is more preferable, and 2 or 3 is more preferable when improving the upper limit of the nematic phase upper limit temperature. When a plurality of A LC11 , A LC21 , Z LC11 and Z LC21 are present in the general formula (LC1) or (LC2), they may be the same or different.
前記一般式(LC)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(LC3)〜一般式(LC5)で表される化合物群から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物であることも好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (LC) is also preferably one or two or more compounds selected from the group of compounds represented by the following general formula (LC3) to general formula (LC5).
(式中、RLC31、RLC32、RLC41、RLC42、RLC51及びRLC52はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1〜15のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1つ又は2つ以上の−CH2−は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、−O−、−CH=CH−、−CO−、−OCO−、−COO−又は−C≡C−で置換されてよく、該アルキル基中の1つ又は2つ以上の水素原子は任意にハロゲン原子によって置換されていてもよく、ALC31、ALC32、ALC41、ALC42、ALC51及びALC52はそれぞれ独立して下記の何れかの構造 (Wherein represents R LC31, R LC32, R LC41 , R LC42, alkyl groups R LC51 and R LC52 is 1-15 carbon atoms independently, one in the alkyl group or two or more —CH 2 — may be substituted with —O—, —CH═CH—, —CO—, —OCO—, —COO— or —C≡C— so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent. one or more hydrogen atoms in the group may be optionally substituted by a halogen atom, a LC31, a LC32, a LC41, a LC42, a LC51 and a LC52 each independently any of the following Structure
(該構造中シクロヘキシレン基中の1つ又は2つ以上の−CH2−は酸素原子で置換されていてもよく、1,4−フェニレン基中の1つ又は2つ以上の−CH−は窒素原子で置換されていてもよく、また、該構造中の1つ又は2つ以上の水素原子はフッ素原子、塩素原子、−CF3又は−OCF3で置換されていてもよい。)のいずれかを表し、ZLC31、ZLC32、ZLC41、ZLC42、ZLC51及びZLC52はそれぞれ独立して単結合、−CH=CH−、−C≡C−、−CH2CH2−、−(CH2)4−、−COO−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−OCF2−又は−CF2O−を表し、Z5は−CH2−又は酸素原子を表し、XLC41は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、mLC31、mLC32、mLC41、mLC42、mLC51及びmLC52はそれぞれ独立して0〜3を表し、mLC31+mLC32、mLC41+mLC42及びmLC51+mLC52は1、2又は3であり、ALC31〜ALC52、ZLC31〜ZLC52が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。)
で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる化合物を一種又は二種以上含むことが好ましい。(In the structure, one or more —CH 2 — in the cyclohexylene group may be substituted with an oxygen atom, and one or more —CH— in the 1,4-phenylene group is Any one of which may be substituted with a nitrogen atom, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the structure may be substituted with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, —CF 3 or —OCF 3 ). indicates whether, Z LC31, Z LC32, Z LC41, Z LC42, Z LC51 and Z LC52 each independently represent a single bond, -CH = CH -, - C≡C -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - ( CH 2 ) 4 —, —COO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O—, Z 5 represents —CH 2 — or an oxygen atom, and X LC41 represents It represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, m LC31, m L 32, m LC41, m LC42, m LC51 and m LC52 represent each independently 0~3, m LC31 + m LC32, m LC41 + m LC42 and m LC51 + m LC52 is 1, 2 or 3, A LC31 ~ When a plurality of A LC52 and Z LC31 to Z LC52 are present, they may be the same or different. )
It is preferable to contain one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the compounds represented by
RLC31〜RLC52は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1〜7のアルキル基、炭素原子数1〜7のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2〜7のアルケニル基が好ましく、アルケニル基としては下記構造を表すことが最も好ましく、R LC31 to R LC52 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms. Most preferably,
(式中、環構造へは右端で結合するものとする。)
ALC31〜ALC52はそれぞれ独立して下記の構造が好ましく、(In the formula, it shall be bonded to the ring structure at the right end.)
A LC31 to A LC52 each independently preferably have the following structure:
ZLC31〜ZLC52はそれぞれ独立して単結合、−CH2O−、−COO−、−OCO−、−CH2CH2−、−CF2O−、−OCF2−又は−OCH2−が好ましい。Z LC31 to Z LC52 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO— , —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —OCH 2 —. preferable.
一般式(LC3)、一般式(LC4)、及び一般式(LC5)で表される化合物として、一般式(LC3−1)、一般式(LC4−1)、及び一般式(LC5−1) As a compound represented by General Formula (LC3), General Formula (LC4), and General Formula (LC5), General Formula (LC3-1), General Formula (LC4-1), and General Formula (LC5-1)
(式中、R31〜R33は炭素原子数1〜8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、R41〜R43は炭素原子数1〜8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Z31〜Z33は単結合、−CH=CH−、−C≡C−、−CH2CH2−、−(CH2)4−、−COO−、−OCO−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−OCF2−又は−CF2O−を表し、X41は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、Z34は−CH2−又は酸素原子を表す。)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物を少なくとも1種含有することが好ましい。Wherein R 31 to R 33 are alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or alkenyloxy groups having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. R 41 to R 43 represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Z 31 to Z 33 are a single bond, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCH 2 —. , —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O—, X 41 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and Z 34 represents —CH 2 — or an oxygen atom. It is preferable to contain at least one compound selected from the group .
一般式(LC3−1)〜一般式(LC5−1)において、R31〜R33は炭素原子数1〜8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニルオキシ基を表すが、炭素原子数1〜5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2〜5のアルケニル基を表すことが好ましく、炭素原子数2〜5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2〜4のアルケニル基を表すことがより好ましく、炭素原子数3〜5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2のアルケニル基を表すことがさらに好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルキル基を表すことが特に好ましい。In General Formula (LC3-1) to General Formula (LC5-1), R 31 to R 33 are each an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Represents an alkoxy group or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and an alkyl having 2 to 5 carbon atoms More preferably, it represents a group or an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms. It is particularly preferred to represent.
R41〜R43は炭素原子数1〜8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニルオキシ基を表すが、炭素原子数1〜5のアルキル基あるいは炭素原子数1〜5のアルコキシ基、又は炭素原子数4〜8のアルケニル基あるいは炭素原子数3〜8のアルケニルオキシ基を表すことが好ましく、炭素原子数1〜3のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1〜3のアルコキシ基を表すことがより好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2のアルコキシ基を表すことがさらに好ましく、炭素原子数2のアルコキシ基を表すことが特に好ましい。R 41 to R 43 represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, It preferably represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms. More preferably, it represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably represents an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 2 carbon atoms, It is particularly preferred to represent an alkoxy group.
Z31〜Z33は単結合、−CH=CH−、−C≡C−、−CH2CH2−、−(CH2)4−、−COO−、−OCO−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−OCF2−又は−CF2O−を表すが、単結合、−CH2CH2−、−COO−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−OCF2−又は−CF2O−を表すことが好ましく、単結合又は−CH2O−を表すことがより好ましい。Z 31 to Z 33 are a single bond, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCH 2 —, — CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O— represents a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or — It preferably represents CF 2 O—, and more preferably represents a single bond or —CH 2 O—.
高分子安定化液晶表示素子に用いる場合、重合性液晶組成物において、一般式(LC3−1)、一般式(LC4−1)、及び一般式(LC5−1)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物を5質量%〜50質量%含有することが好ましく、5質量%〜40質量%含有することが好ましく、5質量%〜30質量%含有することがより好ましく、8質量%〜27質量%含有することがより好ましく、10質量%〜25質量%含有することがさらに好ましい。 When used in a polymer-stabilized liquid crystal display element, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is selected from the group of compounds represented by general formula (LC3-1), general formula (LC4-1), and general formula (LC5-1). It is preferable to contain 5% by mass to 50% by mass of the compound, preferably 5% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, and more preferably 8% by mass to 27% by mass. It is more preferable to contain, and it is further more preferable to contain 10 mass%-25 mass%.
一般式(LC3−1)で表される化合物は具体的には次に記載する一般式(LC3−11)〜一般式(LC3−15)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Specifically, the compound represented by the general formula (LC3-1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (LC3-11) to general formula (LC3-15).
(式中、R31は炭素原子数1〜5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2〜5のアルケニル基を表し、R41aは炭素原子数1〜5のアルキル基を表す。)
一般式(LC4−1)で表される化合物は具体的には次に記載する一般式(LC4−11)〜一般式(LC4−14)で表される化合物が好ましい。(In the formula, R 31 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R 41a represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.)
Specifically, the compound represented by the general formula (LC4-1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (LC4-11) to general formula (LC4-14).
(式中、R32は炭素原子数1〜5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2〜5のアルケニル基を表し、R42aは炭素原子数1〜5のアルキル基を表し、X41は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表す。)
一般式(LC5−1)で表される化合物は具体的には次に記載する一般式(LC5−11)〜一般式(LC5−14)で表される化合物が好ましい。(In the formula, R 32 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, R 42a represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and X 41 represents a hydrogen atom or Represents a fluorine atom.)
Specifically, the compound represented by the general formula (LC5-1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (LC5-11) to general formula (LC5-14).
(式中、R33は炭素原子数1〜5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2〜5のアルケニル基を表し、R43aは炭素原子数1〜5のアルキル基を表し、Z34は−CH2−又は酸素原子を表す。)
一般式(LC3−11)、一般式(LC3−13)、一般式(LC4−11)、一般式(LC4−13)、一般式(LC5−11)、及び一般式(LC5−13)において、R31〜R33は、一般式(LC3−1)〜一般式(LC5−1)における同様の実施態様が好ましい。R41a〜R43aは炭素原子数1〜3のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数1又は2のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素原子数2のアルキル基が特に好ましい。(In the formula, R 33 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, R 43a represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and Z 34 represents —CH 2. -Or represents an oxygen atom.)
In general formula (LC3-11), general formula (LC3-13), general formula (LC4-11), general formula (LC4-13), general formula (LC5-11), and general formula (LC5-13), R 31 to R 33 are preferably the same embodiments in general formula (LC3-1) to general formula (LC5-1). R 41a to R 43a are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
一般式(LC3−12)、一般式(LC3−14)、一般式(LC4−12)、一般式(LC4−14)、一般式(LC5−12)、及び一般式(LC5−14)において、R31〜R33は、一般式(LC3−1)〜一般式(LC5−1)における同様の実施態様が好ましい。R41a〜R43aは炭素原子数1〜3のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数1又は3のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルキル基が特に好ましい。In general formula (LC3-12), general formula (LC3-14), general formula (LC4-12), general formula (LC4-14), general formula (LC5-12), and general formula (LC5-14), R 31 to R 33 are preferably the same embodiments in general formula (LC3-1) to general formula (LC5-1). R 41a to R 43a are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms.
一般式(LC3−11)〜一般式(LC5−14)の中でも、誘電率異方性の絶対値を増大するためには、一般式(LC3−11)、一般式(LC4−11)、一般式(LC5−11)、一般式(LC3−13)、一般式(LC4−13)及び一般式(LC5−13)が好ましく、一般式(LC3−11)、一般式(LC4−11)、一般式(LC5−11)がより好ましい。 Among general formulas (LC3-11) to (LC5-14), in order to increase the absolute value of dielectric anisotropy, general formula (LC3-11), general formula (LC4-11), Formula (LC5-11), general formula (LC3-13), general formula (LC4-13) and general formula (LC5-13) are preferred, and general formula (LC3-11), general formula (LC4-11), general formula Formula (LC5-11) is more preferred.
本発明の液晶表示素子における液晶層は、一般式(LC3−11)〜一般式(LC5−14)で表される化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが好ましく、1種又は2種含有することがより好ましく、一般式(LC3−1)で表される化合物を1種又は2種含有することが特に好ましい。 The liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display element of the present invention preferably contains one or more compounds represented by general formulas (LC3-11) to (LC5-14), and contains one or two kinds. It is more preferable to contain 1 type or 2 types of compounds represented by general formula (LC3-1).
また、一般式(LC3)、一般式(LC4)、及び一般式(LC5)で表される化合物として、一般式(LC3−2)、一般式(LC3−3)、一般式(LC4−2)、及び一般式(LC5−2) Moreover, as a compound represented by General formula (LC3), General formula (LC4), and General formula (LC5), General formula (LC3-2), General formula (LC3-3), General formula (LC4-2) And general formula (LC5-2)
(式中、R51〜R53は炭素原子数1〜8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、R61〜R63は炭素原子数1〜8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、B1〜B3はフッ素置換されていてもよい、1,4−フェニレン基又はトランス−1,4−シクロヘキシレン基を表し、Z41〜Z43は単結合、−CH=CH−、−C≡C−、−CH2CH2−、−(CH2)4−、−COO−、−OCO−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−OCF2−又は−CF2O−を表し、X42は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、Z44は−CH2−又は酸素原子を表す。)
で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物を少なくとも1種含有することが好ましい。Wherein R 51 to R 53 are an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. R 61 to R 63 represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. B 1 to B 3 each represents a 1,4-phenylene group or a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group which may be fluorine-substituted, Z 41 to Z 43 are a single bond, —CH═CH—, -C≡C -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - (CH 2) 4 -, - COO -, - OCO -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - OCF 2 - or -CF 2 O- the stands, X 42 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, Z 4 It is -CH 2 - represents an or an oxygen atom).
It is preferable to contain at least one compound selected from the group of compounds represented by:
一般式(LC3−2)、一般式(LC3−3)、一般式(LC4−2)、及び一般式(LC5−2)において、R51〜R53は炭素原子数1〜8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニルオキシ基を表すが、炭素原子数1〜5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2〜5のアルケニル基を表すことが好ましく、炭素原子数2〜5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2〜4のアルケニル基を表すことがより好ましく、炭素原子数3〜5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2のアルケニル基を表すことがさらに好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルキル基を表すことが特に好ましい。In General Formula (LC3-2), General Formula (LC3-3), General Formula (LC4-2), and General Formula (LC5-2), R 51 to R 53 are each an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, An alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, but an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or 2 to 5 carbon atoms The alkenyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or more preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms or 2 carbon atoms. It is more preferable to represent an alkenyl group, and it is particularly preferable to represent an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms.
R61〜R63は炭素原子数1〜8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシ基又は炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニルオキシ基を表すが、炭素原子数1〜5のアルキル基あるいは炭素原子数1〜5のアルコキシ基、又は炭素原子数4〜8のアルケニル基あるいは炭素原子数3〜8のアルケニルオキシ基を表すことが好ましく、炭素原子数1〜3のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1〜3のアルコキシ基を表すことがより好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2のアルコキシ基を表すことがさらに好ましく、炭素原子数2のアルコキシ基を表すことが特に好ましい。R 61 to R 63 represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, It preferably represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms. More preferably, it represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably represents an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 2 carbon atoms, It is particularly preferred to represent an alkoxy group.
B31〜B33はフッ素置換されていてもよい、1,4−フェニレン基又はトランス−1,4−シクロヘキシレン基を表すが、無置換の1,4−フェニレン基又はトランス−1,4−シクロヘキシレン基が好ましく、トランス−1,4−シクロヘキシレン基がより好ましい。B 31 to B 33 each represents a 1,4-phenylene group or a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group which may be fluorine-substituted, but an unsubstituted 1,4-phenylene group or a trans-1,4- A cyclohexylene group is preferred, and a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group is more preferred.
Z41〜Z43は単結合、−CH=CH−、−C≡C−、−CH2CH2−、−(CH2)4−、−COO−、−OCO−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−OCF2−又は−CF2O−を表すが、単結合、−CH2CH2−、−COO−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−OCF2−又は−CF2O−を表すことが好ましく、単結合又は−CH2O−を表すことがより好ましい。Z 41 to Z 43 are a single bond, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCH 2 —, — CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or —CF 2 O— represents a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —COO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 — or — It preferably represents CF 2 O—, and more preferably represents a single bond or —CH 2 O—.
一般式(LC3−2)、一般式(LC3−3)、一般式(LC4−2)、及び一般式(LC5−2)で表される化合物は、液晶組成物において10〜60質量%含有することが好ましいが、20〜50質量%含有することがより好ましく、25〜45質量%含有することがより好ましく、28〜42質量%含有することがより好ましく、30〜40質量%含有することがさらに好ましい。 The compound represented by general formula (LC3-2), general formula (LC3-3), general formula (LC4-2), and general formula (LC5-2) is contained in an amount of 10 to 60% by mass in the liquid crystal composition. However, it is more preferable to contain 20 to 50% by mass, more preferably 25 to 45% by mass, more preferably 28 to 42% by mass, and more preferably 30 to 40% by mass. Further preferred.
一般式(LC3−2)で表される化合物は具体的には次に記載する一般式(LC3−21)〜一般式(LC3−29)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Specifically, the compound represented by the general formula (LC3-2) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (LC3-21) to general formula (LC3-29).
また、一般式(LC3−3)で表される化合物として、次に記載する一般式(LC3−31)〜一般式(LC3−33)で表される化合物も好ましい。 Moreover, as a compound represented by general formula (LC3-3), the compound represented by the following general formula (LC3-31)-general formula (LC3-33) is also preferable.
(式中、R51は炭素原子数1〜5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2〜5のアルケニル基を表し、R61aは炭素原子数1〜5のアルキル基を表すが、一般式(LC3−2)におけるR51及びR61と同様の実施態様が好ましい。)
一般式(LC4−2)で表される化合物は具体的には次に記載する一般式(LC4−21)〜一般式(LC4−26)で表される化合物が好ましい。(In the formula, R 51 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R 61a represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Preferred is the same embodiment as R 51 and R 61 in 2).
Specifically, the compound represented by the general formula (LC4-2) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (LC4-21) to general formula (LC4-26).
(式中、R52は炭素原子数1〜5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2〜5のアルケニル基を表し、R62aは炭素原子数1〜5のアルキル基を表し、X42は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表すが、一般式(LC4−2)におけるR52及びR62と同様の実施態様が好ましい。)
一般式(LC5−2)で表される化合物は具体的には次に記載する一般式(LC5−21)〜一般式(LC5−26)で表される化合物が好ましい。(In the formula, R 52 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, R 62a represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and X 42 represents a hydrogen atom or (It represents a fluorine atom, but an embodiment similar to R 52 and R 62 in formula (LC4-2) is preferred.)
Specifically, the compound represented by the general formula (LC5-2) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (LC5-21) to general formula (LC5-26).
(式中、R53は炭素原子数1〜5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2〜5のアルケニル基を表し、R63aは炭素原子数1〜5のアルキル基を表し、Z44は−CH2−又は酸素原子を表すが、一般式(LC5−2)におけるR53及びR63と同様の実施態様が好ましい。)
一般式(LC3−21)、一般式(LC3−22)、一般式(LC3−25)、一般式(LC4−21)、一般式(LC4−22)、一般式(LC4−25)、一般式(LC5−21)、一般式(LC5−22)、及び一般式(LC5−25)において、R51〜R53は、一般式(LC3−2)、一般式(LC4−2)及び一般式(LC5−2)における同様の実施態様が好ましい。R61a〜R63aは炭素原子数1〜3のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数1又は2のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素原子数2のアルキル基が特に好ましい。(In the formula, R 53 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, R 63a represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and Z 44 represents —CH 2. -Represents an oxygen atom, but an embodiment similar to R 53 and R 63 in formula (LC5-2) is preferred.)
General formula (LC3-21), General formula (LC3-22), General formula (LC3-25), General formula (LC4-21), General formula (LC4-22), General formula (LC4-25), General formula In (LC5-21), general formula (LC5-22), and general formula (LC5-25), R 51 to R 53 represent general formula (LC3-2), general formula (LC4-2), and general formula ( Similar embodiments in LC5-2) are preferred. R 61a to R 63a are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
一般式(LC3−23)、一般式(LC3−24)及び一般式(LC3−26)、一般式(LC4−23)、一般式(LC4−24)及び一般式(LC4−26)、一般式(LC5−23)、一般式(LC5−24)及び一般式(LC5−26)においてR51〜R53は、一般式(LC3−2)、一般式(LC4−2)及び一般式(LC5−2)における同様の実施態様が好ましい。R61a〜R63aは炭素原子数1〜3のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数1又は3のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルキル基が特に好ましい。General formula (LC3-23), general formula (LC3-24) and general formula (LC3-26), general formula (LC4-23), general formula (LC4-24) and general formula (LC4-26), general formula In (LC5-23), general formula (LC5-24), and general formula (LC5-26), R 51 to R 53 represent general formula (LC3-2), general formula (LC4-2), and general formula (LC5- Similar embodiments in 2) are preferred. R 61a to R 63a are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms.
一般式(LC3−21)〜一般式(LC5−26)の中でも、誘電率異方性の絶対値を増大するためには、一般式(LC3−21)、一般式(Lc3−22)及び一般式(LC3−25)、一般式(LC4−21)、一般式(LC4−22)及び一般式(LC4−25)、一般式(LC5−21)、一般式(LC5−22)及び一般式(LC5−25)が好ましい。 Among general formulas (LC3-21) to (LC5-26), in order to increase the absolute value of dielectric anisotropy, general formula (LC3-21), general formula (Lc3-22) and general formula Formula (LC3-25), Formula (LC4-21), Formula (LC4-22) and Formula (LC4-25), Formula (LC5-21), Formula (LC5-22) and Formula ( LC5-25) is preferred.
一般式(LC3−2)、一般式(LC3−3)、一般式(LC4−2)及び一般式(LC5−2)で表される化合物は1種又は2種以上含有することができるが、B1〜B3が1,4−フェニレン基を表す化合物、及びB1〜B3がトランス−1,4−シクロヘキシレン基を表す化合物をそれぞれ少なくとも1種以上含有することが好ましい。The compounds represented by general formula (LC3-2), general formula (LC3-3), general formula (LC4-2) and general formula (LC5-2) can be contained alone or in combination of two or more. compounds B 1 .about.B 3 represents a 1,4-phenylene group, and B 1 .about.B 3 is preferably contains at least one or more compounds which represent a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, respectively.
また、一般式(LC3)で表される化合物として、他には、下記一般式(LC3−a)及び一般式(LC3−b) Other examples of the compound represented by the general formula (LC3) include the following general formula (LC3-a) and general formula (LC3-b).
(式中、RLC31、RLC32、ALC31及びZLC31はそれぞれ独立して前記一般式(LC3)におけるRLC31、RLC32、ALC31及びZLC31と同じ意味を表し、XLC3b1〜XLC3b6は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表すが、XLC3b1及びXLC3b2又はXLC3b3及びXLC3b4のうちの少なくとも一方の組み合わせは共にフッ素原子を表し、mLC3a1は1、2又は3であり、mLC3b1は0又は1を表し、ALC31及びZLC31が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。)で表される化合物群から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物であることが好ましい。(Wherein R LC31 , R LC32 , A LC31 and Z LC31 each independently represent the same meaning as R LC31 , R LC32 , A LC31 and Z LC31 in the general formula (LC3), and X LC3b1 to X LC3b6 are Represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and at least one of X LC3b1 and X LC3b2 or X LC3b3 and X LC3b4 represents a fluorine atom, m LC3a1 is 1, 2 or 3, and m LC3b1 is 0 or 1 and when there are a plurality of A LC31 and Z LC31 , they may be the same or different.) Or one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds represented by Is preferred.
RLC31及びRLC32はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1〜7のアルキル基、炭素原子数1〜7のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2〜7のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2〜7のアルケニルオキシ基を表すことが好ましい。R LC31 and R LC32 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms. Is preferably represented.
ALC31は、1,4−フェニレン基、トランス−1,4−シクロヘキシレン基、テトラヒドロピラン−2,5−ジイル基、1,3−ジオキサン−2,5−ジイル基を表すことが好ましく、1,4−フェニレン基、トランス−1,4−シクロヘキシレン基を表すことがより好ましい。A LC31 preferably represents a 1,4-phenylene group, a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl group, or a 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl group. , 4-phenylene group and trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group are more preferable.
ZLC31は単結合、−CH2O−、−COO−、−OCO−、−CH2CH2−を表すことが好ましく、単結合を表すことがより好ましい。Z LC31 is a single bond, -CH 2 O -, - COO -, - OCO -, - CH 2 CH 2 - is preferred to represent, and more preferably a single bond.
一般式(LC3−a)としては、下記一般式(LC3−a1)を表すことが好ましい。 As general formula (LC3-a), it is preferable to represent the following general formula (LC3-a1).
(式中、RLC31及びRLC32はそれぞれ独立して前記一般式(LC3)におけるRLC31及びRLC32と同じ意味を表す。)
RLC31及びRLC32はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1〜7のアルキル基、炭素原子数1〜7のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2〜7のアルケニル基が好ましく、RLC31が炭素原子数1〜7のアルキル基を表し、RLC32が炭素原子数1〜7のアルコキシ基を表すことがより好ましい。(In the formula, R LC31 and R LC32 each independently represent the same meaning as R LC31 and R LC32 in General Formula (LC3).)
R LC31 and R LC32 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, and R LC31 has 1 carbon atom. It is more preferable that it represents ˜7 alkyl group, and R LC32 represents an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
一般式(LC3−b)としては、下記一般式(LC3−b1)〜一般式(LC3−b12)を表すことが好ましく、一般式(LC3−b1)、一般式(LC3−b6)、一般式(LC3−b8)、一般式(LC3−b11)を表すことがより好ましく、一般式(LC3−b1)及び一般式(LC3−b6)を表すことがさらに好ましく、一般式(LC3−b1)を表すことが最も好ましい。 As general formula (LC3-b), it is preferable to represent the following general formula (LC3-b1) to general formula (LC3-b12), and general formula (LC3-b1), general formula (LC3-b6), and general formula (LC3-b8) and general formula (LC3-b11) are more preferable, general formula (LC3-b1) and general formula (LC3-b6) are more preferable, and general formula (LC3-b1) is represented. Most preferably it represents.
(式中、RLC31及びRLC32はそれぞれ独立して前記一般式(LC3)におけるRLC31及びRLC32と同じ意味を表す。)
RLC31及びRLC32はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1〜7のアルキル基、炭素原子数1〜7のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2〜7のアルケニル基が好ましく、RLC31が炭素原子数2又は3のアルキル基を表し、RLC32が炭素原子数2のアルキル基を表すことがより好ましい。(In the formula, R LC31 and R LC32 each independently represent the same meaning as R LC31 and R LC32 in General Formula (LC3).)
R LC31 and R LC32 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, and R LC31 has 2 carbon atoms. Or an alkyl group having 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably R LC32 represents an alkyl group having 2 carbon atoms.
また、一般式(LC4)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(LC4−a)から一般式(LC4−c)で表される化合物が好ましく、一般式(LC5)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(LC5−a)から一般式(LC5−c)で表される化合物が好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (LC4) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (LC4-a) to general formula (LC4-c), and the compound represented by the general formula (LC5) is: Compounds represented by the following general formula (LC5-a) to general formula (LC5-c) are preferred.
(式中、RLC41、RLC42及びXLC41はそれぞれ独立して前記一般式(LC4)におけるRLC41、RLC42及びXLC41と同じ意味を表し、RLC51及びRLC52はそれぞれ独立して前記一般式(LC5)におけるRLC51及びRLC52と同じ意味を表し、ZLC4a1、ZLC4b1、ZLC4c1、ZLC5a1、ZLC5b1及びZLC5c1はそれぞれ独立して単結合、−CH=CH−、−C≡C−、−CH2CH2−、−(CH2)4−、−COO−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−OCF2−又は−CF2O−を表す。)
RLC41、RLC42、RLC51及びRLC52はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1〜7のアルキル基、炭素原子数1〜7のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2〜7のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2〜7のアルケニルオキシ基を表すことが好ましい。 (Wherein, R LC41, R LC42 and X LC41 each independently represent the same meaning as R LC41, R LC42 and X LC41 in the general formula (LC4), R LC51 and R LC52 is the general independently It represents the same meaning as R LC51 and R LC52 in formula (LC5), Z LC4a1, Z LC4b1, Z LC4c1, Z LC5a1, Z LC5b1 and Z LC5c1 each independently represent a single bond, -CH = CH -, - C≡ C -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - (CH 2) 4 -, - COO -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - OCF 2 - or an -CF 2 O-).
R LC41, R LC42, R LC51 and R LC52 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, the number alkenyl group or a carbon atom of 2 to 7 carbon atoms 2 It preferably represents -7 alkenyloxy groups.
ZLC4a1〜ZLC5c1はそれぞれ独立して単結合、−CH2O−、−COO−、−OCO−、−CH2CH2−を表すことが好ましく、単結合を表すことがより好ましい。Z LC4a1 to Z LC5c1 each independently preferably represents a single bond, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO— , —CH 2 CH 2 —, and more preferably represents a single bond.
前記一般式(LC)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(LC6)で表される化合物(ただし、一般式(LC1)〜一般式(LC5)で表される化合物を除く。)から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物であることも好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (LC) is selected from the compounds represented by the following general formula (LC6) (excluding the compounds represented by the general formula (LC1) to the general formula (LC5)). It is also preferable that it is 1 type, or 2 or more types of compounds.
一般式(LC6)中、RLC61及びRLC62は、それぞれ独立して炭素原子数1〜15のアルキル基を表す。該アルキル基中の1つ又は2つ以上のCH2基は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、−O−、−CH=CH−、−CO−、−OCO−、−COO−又は−C≡C−で置換されてよく、該アルキル基中の1つ又は2つ以上の水素原子は任意にハロゲン置換されていてもよい。一般式(LC6)で表わされる化合物としては、RLC61及びRLC62は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1〜7のアルキル基、炭素原子数1〜7のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2〜7のアルケニル基が好ましく、アルケニル基としては下記のいずれかの構造を表すことが最も好ましい。In General Formula (LC6), R LC61 and R LC62 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. One or more CH 2 groups in the alkyl group may be —O—, —CH═CH—, —CO—, —OCO—, —COO— or —C, so that the oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent. ≡C— may be substituted, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group may be optionally halogen substituted. As the compound represented by the general formula (LC6), R LC61 and R LC62 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, or 2 to 7 carbon atoms. The alkenyl group is preferably represented by any one of the following structures.
(式中、環構造へは右端で結合するものとする。)
一般式(LC6)中、ALC61〜ALC63はそれぞれ独立して下記の何れかの構造を表す。該構造中、シクロヘキシレン基中の1つ又は2つ以上のCH2CH2基は−CH=CH−、−CF2O−、−OCF2−で置換されていてもよく、1,4−フェニレン基中1つ又は2つ以上のCH基は窒素原子で置換されていてもよい。(In the formula, it shall be bonded to the ring structure at the right end.)
In General Formula (LC6), A LC61 to A LC63 each independently represent any of the following structures. In the structure, one or more CH 2 CH 2 groups in the cyclohexylene group may be substituted with —CH═CH—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —. One or two or more CH groups in the phenylene group may be substituted with a nitrogen atom.
一般式(LC6)で表わされる化合物としては、ALC61〜ALC63は、それぞれ独立して下記のいずれかの構造が好ましい。As the compound represented by the general formula (LC6), A LC61 to A LC63 each independently preferably has one of the following structures.
一般式(LC6)中、ZLC61及びZLC62はそれぞれ独立して単結合、−CH=CH−、−C≡C−、−CH2CH2−、−(CH2)4−、−COO−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−OCF2−又は−CF2O−を表し、mLC61は0〜3を表す。一般式(LC6)で表わされる化合物としては、ZLC61及びZLC62はそれぞれ独立して単結合、−CH2CH2−、−COO−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−OCF2−又は−CF2O−が好ましい。In the general formula (LC6), Z LC61 and Z LC62 each independently represent a single bond, —CH═CH—, —C≡C— , —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —COO—. , -OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - OCF 2 - or -CF 2 O-a represents, MLC61 represents 0-3. As the compound represented by the general formula (LC6), Z LC61 and Z LC62 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —COO— , —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2. - or -CF 2 O-are preferred.
一般式(LC6)で表わされる化合物としては、下記一般式(LC6−a1)から一般式(LC6−p1)で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物であることが好ましい。一般式(LC6−a1)〜一般式(LC6−p1)の式中、RLC61及びRLC62はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1〜7のアルキル基、炭素原子数1〜7のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2〜7のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2〜7のアルケニルオキシ基を表す。The compound represented by the general formula (LC6) is one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following general formula (LC6-a1) to general formula (LC6-p1). Is preferred. In the general formulas (LC6-a1) to (LC6-p1), R LC61 and R LC62 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, carbon An alkenyl group having 2 to 7 atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms is represented.
[その他の重合性化合物]
高分子安定化液晶表示素子に用いる重合性液晶組成物を構成するため、本願発明の上記一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物以外に用いるその他の重合性化合物としては、一つの反応性基を有する単官能性の重合性化合物、及び二官能又は三官能等の二つ以上の反応性基を有する多官能性の重合性化合物が挙げられる。反応性基を有する重合性化合物はメソゲン性部位を含んでいても、含んでいなくてもよい。[Other polymerizable compounds]
In order to constitute a polymerizable liquid crystal composition used in a polymer-stabilized liquid crystal display element, other polymerizable compounds used in addition to the polymerizable compound represented by the above general formula (I) of the present invention include one reactive property. And a monofunctional polymerizable compound having a group and a polyfunctional polymerizable compound having two or more reactive groups such as a bifunctional or trifunctional group. The polymerizable compound having a reactive group may or may not contain a mesogenic moiety.
反応性基を有する重合性化合物において、反応性基は光による重合性を有する置換基が好ましい。特に、垂直配向膜が熱重合により生成するときに、垂直配向膜材料の熱重合の際に、反応性基を有する重合性化合物の反応を抑制できるので、反応性基は光による重合性を有する置換基が特に好ましい。 In the polymerizable compound having a reactive group, the reactive group is preferably a substituent having a polymerizable property by light. In particular, when the vertical alignment film is formed by thermal polymerization, the reaction of the polymerizable compound having a reactive group can be suppressed during the thermal polymerization of the vertical alignment film material. Substituents are particularly preferred.
その他の重合性化合物としては、以下の一般式(P) Other polymerizable compounds include the following general formula (P)
(上記一般式(P)中、Zp1は、フッ素原子、シアノ基、水素原子、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1〜15のアルキル基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1〜15のアルコキシ基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1〜15のアルケニル基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1〜15のアルケニルオキシ基又は−Spp2−Rp2を表し、
Rp1及びRp2はそれぞれ独立して以下の式(R−I)から式(R−IX):(In the general formula (P), Z p1 represents a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which the hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom, and a hydrogen atom in the halogen atom. An optionally substituted alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom, and a hydrogen atom in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom Represents an alkenyloxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms or -Sp p2 -R p2 ;
R p1 and R p2 are each independently the following formulas (R-I) to (R-IX):
のいずれかを表し、前記式(R−I)〜(R−IX)中、R2〜R6はお互いに独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数1〜5個のアルキル基または炭素原子数1〜5個のハロゲン化アルキル基であり、Wは単結合、−O−またはメチレン基であり、Tは単結合または−COO−であり、p、tおよびqはそれぞれ独立して、0、1または2を表し、
Spp1及びSpp2はスペーサー基を表し、Spp1及びSpp2はそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1〜12のアルキレン基又は−O−(CH2)s−(式中、sは1〜11の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表し、
Lp1及びLp2はそれぞれ独立して、単結合、−O−、−S−、−CH2−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−CO−、−C2H4−、−COO−、−OCO−、−OCOOCH2−、−CH2OCOO−、−OCH2CH2O−、−CO−NRa−、−NRa−CO−、−SCH2−、−CH2S−、−CH=CRa−COO−、−CH=CRa−OCO−、−COO−CRa=CH−、−OCO−CRa=CH−、−COO−CRa=CH−COO−、−COO−CRa=CH−OCO−、−OCO−CRa=CH−COO−、−OCO−CRa=CH−OCO−、−(CH2)z−C(=O)−O−、−(CH2)z−O−(C=O)−、−O−(C=O)−(CH2)z−、−(C=O)−O−(CH2)z−、−CH=CH−、−CF=CF−、−CF=CH−、−CH=CF−、−CF2−、−CF2O−、−OCF2−、−CF2CH2−、−CH2CF2−、−CF2CF2−又は−C≡C−(式中、Raはそれぞれ独立して水素原子又は炭素原子数1〜4のアルキル基を表し、前記式中、zは1〜4の整数を表す。)を表し、
Mp2は、1,4−フェニレン基、1,4−シクロヘキシレン基、アントラセン−2,6−ジイル基、フェナントレン−2,7−ジイル基、ピリジン−2,5−ジイル基、ピリミジン−2,5−ジイル基、ナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基、インダン−2,5−ジイル基、又は1,2,3,4−テトラヒドロナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基を表すが、Mp2は無置換であるか又は炭素原子数1〜12のアルキル基、炭素原子数1〜12のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素原子数1〜12のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数1〜12のハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基又は−Rp1で置換されていても良く、
Mp1は以下の式(i−11)〜(ix−11):In the formulas (RI) to (R-IX), R 2 to R 6 are independently of each other a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or the number of carbon atoms. 1 to 5 halogenated alkyl groups, W is a single bond, —O— or a methylene group, T is a single bond or —COO—, p, t and q are each independently 0, Represents 1 or 2,
Sp p1 and Sp p2 each represent a spacer group, and Sp p1 and Sp p2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or —O— (CH 2 ) s — (wherein s is Represents an integer of 1 to 11, and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring).
L p1 and L p2 are each independently a single bond, —O—, —S—, —CH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —CO—, —C 2 H 4 —, — COO—, —OCO—, —OCOOCH 2 —, —CH 2 OCOO—, —OCH 2 CH 2 O—, —CO—NR a —, —NR a —CO—, —SCH 2 —, —CH 2 S— , -CH = CR a -COO -, - CH = CR a -OCO -, - COO-CR a = CH -, - OCO-CR a = CH -, - COO-CR a = CH-COO -, - COO -CR a = CH-OCO -, - OCO-CR a = CH-COO -, - OCO-CR a = CH-OCO -, - (CH 2) z -C (= O) -O -, - (CH 2) z-O- (C = O) -, - O- (C = O) - (CH 2) z -, - (C = O) -O - (CH 2) z -, - CH = CH -, - CF = CF -, - CF = CH -, - CH = CF -, - CF 2 -, - CF 2 O -, - OCF 2 -, - CF 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CF 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or —C≡C— (wherein, each R a independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, In the formula, z represents an integer of 1 to 4, and
M p2 represents 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, anthracene-2,6-diyl group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, pyridine-2,5-diyl group, pyrimidine-2, A 5-diyl group, a naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, an indan-2,5-diyl group, or a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, but M p2 is unsubstituted Or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom , A cyano group, a nitro group or -R p1 may be substituted,
M p1 represents the following formulas (i-11) to (ix-11):
(式中、★でSpp1と結合し、★★でLp1若しくはLp2と結合する。)のいずれかを表し、
Mp3は以下の式(i−13)〜(ix−13):(In the formula, it binds to Sp p1 with ★ and binds to L p1 or L p2 with ★★),
M p3 represents the following formulas (i-13) to (ix-13):
(式中、★でZp1と結合し、★★でLp2と結合する。)のいずれかを表し、
mp2〜mp4はそれぞれ独立して、0、1、2又は3を表し、mp1及びmp5はそれぞれ独立して1、2又は3を表すが、Zp1が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Rp1が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Rp2が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Spp1が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Spp2が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Lp1が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Mp2が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)で表される化合物が好ましい。また、当該重合性化合物は1種又は2種以上含有することが好ましい。(In the formula, it binds to Z p1 with ★ and binds to L p2 with ★★),
m p2 to m p4 each independently represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and m p1 and m p5 each independently represent 1, 2 or 3, but when a plurality of Z p1 are present, May be the same or different. When a plurality of R p1 are present, they may be the same or different. When a plurality of R p2 are present, they may be the same. They may be different, they may be the same or different when multiple Sp p1 are present, and they may be the same or different when multiple Sp p2 are present, When a plurality of L p1 are present, they may be the same or different, and when a plurality of M p2 are present, they may be the same or different. ) Is preferred. Moreover, it is preferable to contain the said polymeric compound 1 type (s) or 2 or more types.
本発明に係る一般式(P)において、Zp1は−Spp2−Rp2であることが好ましい。In the general formula (P) according to the present invention, Z p1 is preferably -Sp p2 -R p2 .
また、前記一般式(P)において、mp1+mp5が2以上であることが好ましい。In the general formula (P), m p1 + m p5 is preferably 2 or more.
また、前記一般式(P)において、Lp1は、単結合、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−CO−、−C2H4−、−COO−、−OCO−、−COOC2H4−、−OCOC2H4−、−C2H4OCO−、−C2H4COO−、−CH=CH−、−CF2−、−CF2O−、−(CH2)z−C(=O)−O−、−(CH2)z−O−(C=O)−、−O−(C=O)−(CH2)z−、−CH=CH−COO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCOCH=CH−、−(C=O)−O−(CH2)z−、−OCF2−又は−C≡C−であり、Lp2は、−OCH2CH2O−、−COOC2H4−、−OCOC2H4−、−(CH2)z−C(=O)−O−、−(CH2)z−O−(C=O)−、−O−(C=O)−(CH2)z−、−(C=O)−O−(CH2)z−、−CH=CH−COO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCOCH=CH−、−C2H4OCO−又は−C2H4COO−であり、前記式中のzは、1〜4の整数であることが好ましい。In the general formula (P), L p1 represents a single bond, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —CO—, —C 2 H 4 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —COOC 2. H 4 -, - OCOC 2 H 4 -, - C 2 H 4 OCO -, - C 2 H 4 COO -, - CH = CH -, - CF 2 -, - CF 2 O -, - (CH 2) z -C (= O) -O -, - (CH 2) z-O- (C = O) -, - O- (C = O) - (CH 2) z -, - CH = CH-COO-, —COO—CH═CH—, —OCOCH═CH—, — (C═O) —O— (CH 2 ) z—, —OCF 2 — or —C≡C—, and L p2 represents —OCH 2 CH 2 O -, - COOC 2 H 4 -, - OCOC 2 H 4 -, - (CH 2) z -C (= O) -O -, - (CH 2) z-O- (C = O) - -O- (C = O) - ( CH 2) z -, - (C = O) -O- (CH 2) z -, - CH = CH-COO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCOCH = CH -, - C 2 H 4 OCO- or -C 2 H 4 is COO-, z in the above formula is preferably an integer of 1 to 4.
また、前記一般式(P)のLp1およびLp2の少なくともいずれかが、−(CH2)z−C(=O)−O−、−(CH2)z−O−(C=O)−および−O−(C=O)−(CH2)z−、−(C=O)−O−(CH2)z−からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。In addition, at least one of L p1 and L p2 in the general formula (P) is — (CH 2 ) z —C (═O) —O— or — (CH 2 ) z—O— (C═O). - and -O- (C = O) - ( CH 2) z -, - (C = O) -O- (CH 2) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of z-.
また、前記一般式(P)において、Rp1及びRp2はそれぞれ独立して以下の式(R−1)から式(R−15):In the general formula (P), R p1 and R p2 are each independently the following formulas (R-1) to (R-15):
のいずれかがより好ましく、式(R−1)〜式(R−3)のいずれかであることがより好ましく、式(R−1)であることが特に好ましい。 Is more preferable, it is more preferable that it is in any one of a formula (R-1)-a formula (R-3), and it is especially preferable that it is a formula (R-1).
また、前記一般式(P)のmp3は0、1、2又は3を表し、mp2が1の場合Lp1は単結合であり、mp2が2又は3の場合複数存在するLp1の少なくとも1つは単結合であることが好ましい。In the general formula (P), m p3 represents 0, 1, 2, or 3. When m p2 is 1, L p1 is a single bond, and when m p2 is 2 or 3, a plurality of L p1 is present. At least one is preferably a single bond.
また、前記一般式(P)のmp3は0、1、2又は3を表し、mp3が1の場合Mp2は1,4−フェニレン基であり、mp3が2又は3の場合複数存在するMp2のうち少なくともLp1を介してMp1と隣接するMp2は1,4−フェニレン基であることが好ましい。In the general formula (P), m p3 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and when m p3 is 1, M p2 is a 1,4-phenylene group, and when m p3 is 2 or 3, a plurality of m p3 are present. M p2 adjacent to M p1 through at least L p1 of M p2 which is preferably a 1,4-phenylene group.
更に、前記一般式(P)のmp3は0、1、2又は3を表し、Mp2の少なくとも1つが、1つ又は2つ以上のフッ素で置換されている1,4−フェニレン基であることが好ましい。Further, m p3 in the general formula (P) represents 0, 1, 2, or 3, and at least one of M p2 is a 1,4-phenylene group substituted with one or two or more fluorines. It is preferable.
更に、前記一般式(P)のmp4は0、1、2又は3を表し、Mp3の少なくとも1つが、1つ又は2つ以上のフッ素で置換されている1,4−フェニレン基であることが好ましい。Further, m p4 in the general formula (P) represents 0, 1, 2, or 3, and at least one of M p3 is a 1,4-phenylene group substituted with one or two or more fluorines. It is preferable.
また、前記一般式(P)におけるスペーサー基(Spp1、Spp2)としては、単結合、−OCH2−、−(CH2)zO−、−CO−、−C2H4−、−COO−、−OCO−、−COOC2H4−、−OCOC2H4−、−(CH2)z−、−C2H4OCO−、−C2H4COO−、−CH=CH−、−CF2−、−CF2O−、−(CH2)z−C(=O)−O−、−(CH2)z−O−(C=O)−、−O−(C=O)−(CH2)z−、−(C=O)−O−(CH2)z−、−O−(CH2)z−O−、−OCF2−、−CH=CH−COO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCOCH=CH−又は−C≡C−であることが好ましく、当該Zは1以上10以下の整数であることが好ましい。Further, as the spacer group in the formula (P) (Sp p1, Sp p2), a single bond, -OCH 2 -, - (CH 2) z O -, - CO -, - C 2 H 4 -, - COO -, - OCO -, - COOC 2 H 4 -, - OCOC 2 H 4 -, - (CH 2) z -, - C 2 H 4 OCO -, - C 2 H 4 COO -, - CH = CH- , -CF 2 -, - CF 2 O -, - (CH 2) z -C (= O) -O -, - (CH 2) z -O- (C = O) -, - O- (C = O) - (CH 2) z -, - (C = O) -O- (CH 2) z -, - O- (CH 2) z -O -, - OCF 2 -, - CH = CH-COO- , —COO—CH═CH—, —OCOCH═CH—, or —C≡C—, and Z is preferably an integer of 1 or more and 10 or less. Arbitrariness.
本発明に係る一般式(P)の重合性化合物は、一般式(P−a)、一般式(P−b)、一般式(P−c)、一般式(P−d)、一般式(P−e)および一般式(P−f)で表される化合物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の化合物であることが好ましい。 The polymerizable compound of the general formula (P) according to the present invention includes a general formula (Pa), a general formula (Pb), a general formula (Pc), a general formula (Pd), a general formula (P Pe) and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by formula (Pf) are preferred.
(上記一般式(P−a)〜一般式(P−f)中、Rp1及びRp2はそれぞれ独立して以下の式(R−I)から式(R−IX):(In the above general formula (Pa) to general formula (Pf), R p1 and R p2 are each independently the following formulas (RI) to (R-IX):
のいずれかを表し、前記式(R−I)〜(R−IX)中、R2〜R6はお互いに独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数1〜5個のアルキル基または炭素原子数1〜5個のハロゲン化アルキル基であり、Wは単結合、−O−またはメチレン基であり、Tは単結合または−COO−であり、p、tおよびqはそれぞれ独立して、0、1または2を表し、
環Aおよび環Bはそれぞれ独立して、1,4−フェニレン基、1,4−シクロヘキシレン基、アントラセン−2,6−ジイル基、フェナントレン−2,7−ジイル基、ピリジン−2,5−ジイル基、ピリミジン−2,5−ジイル基、ナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基、インダン−2,5−ジイル基、又は1,2,3,4−テトラヒドロナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基を表すが、無置換であるか又は炭素原子数1〜12のアルキル基、炭素原子数1〜12のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素原子数1〜12のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数1〜12のハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又はニトロ基で置換されていても良く、
環Cは以下の式(c−i)〜(c−ix):In the formulas (RI) to (R-IX), R 2 to R 6 are independently of each other a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or the number of carbon atoms. 1 to 5 halogenated alkyl groups, W is a single bond, —O— or a methylene group, T is a single bond or —COO—, p, t and q are each independently 0, Represents 1 or 2,
Ring A and Ring B are each independently 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, anthracene-2,6-diyl group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, pyridine-2,5- Represents a diyl group, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, indane-2,5-diyl group, or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group. Is unsubstituted or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy halide having 1 to 12 carbon atoms May be substituted with a group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or a nitro group,
Ring C represents the following formulas (ci) to (c-ix):
(式中、★でSpp1と結合し、★★でLp5若しくはLp6と結合する。)のいずれかを表し、
Spp1及びSpp4はスペーサー基を表し、Xp1〜Xp4は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子またはハロゲン原子を表し、
Lp4、Lp5、Lp6、Lp7、Lp8およびLp10はそれぞれ独立して、単結合、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−CO−、−C2H4−、−COO−、−OCO−、−COOC2H4−、−OCOC2H4−、−C2H4OCO−、−C2H4COO−、−CH=CH−、−CF2−、−CF2O−、−(CH2)z−C(=O)−O−、−(CH2)z−O−(C=O)−、−O−(C=O)−(CH2)z−、−(C=O)−O−(CH2)z−、−O−(CH2)z−O−、−OCF2−、−CH=CHCOO−、−COOCH=CH−、−OCOCH=CH−又は−C≡C−を表し、前記式中のzは1〜8の整数を表すが、zは1〜4の整数であることが好ましく、
Lp3は、−CH=CHCOO−、−COOCH=CH−または−OCOCH=CH−を表し、
Lp9は−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−CO−、−C2H4−、−COO−、−OCO−、−COOC2H4−、−OCOC2H4−、−C2H4OCO−、−C2H4COO−、−CH=CH−、−CF2−、−CF2O−、−(CH2)z−C(=O)−O−、−(CH2)z−O−(C=O)−、−O−(C=O)−(CH2)z−、−(C=O)−O−(CH2)z−、−O−(CH2)z−O−、−OCF2−、−CH=CHCOO−、−COOCH=CH−、−OCOCH=CH−又は−C≡C−を表し、前記式中のzは1〜8の整数を表すが、zは1〜4の整数であることが好ましく、
上記一般式(P−a)で表される化合物において、mp6およびmp7は、それぞれ独立して、0、1、2または3を表し、mp6+mp7=2〜5を表し、Lp4が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、環A、環Bが複数存在する場合にはそれらはそれぞれ、同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
上記一般式(P−b)で表される化合物において、mp8およびmp9は、それぞれ独立して、0、1、2または3を表し、mp8+mp9=2〜5を表すが、mp8=mp9=1が好ましく、環A、環Bが複数存在する場合にはそれらはそれぞれ、同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
上記一般式(P−c)で表される化合物において、mp10およびmp11は、それぞれ独立して、0、1、2または3を表すが、mp8=mp9=0が好ましく、環A、環Bが複数存在する場合にはそれらはそれぞれ、同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
上記一般式(P−d)で表される化合物において、mp12及びmp15はそれぞれ独立して1、2又は3を表し、mp13は、0、1、2又は3を表し、mp14は、0又は1を表し、mp12+mp15=3〜5を表すが、Rp1が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Rp2が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Spp1が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Spp4が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Lp5が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、環A、環Cが複数存在する場合にはそれらはそれぞれ、同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
上記一般式(P−e)で表される化合物において、mp16およびmp17は、それぞれ独立して、0、1、2または3を表し、mp16+mp17=2〜5を表し、Zp2は、フッ素原子、シアノ基、水素原子、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1〜15のアルキル基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1〜15のアルコキシ基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1〜15のアルケニル基、又は、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1〜15のアルケニルオキシ基を表し、Lp8が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、環A、環Bが複数存在する場合にはそれらはそれぞれ、同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
上記一般式(P−f)で表される化合物において、mp18は、1、2または3を表し、mp19は、1、2または3を表し、mp18+mp19=2〜5を表し、Lp10が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、環A、環Bが複数存在する場合にはそれらはそれぞれ、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
以下に本発明に係る一般式(P−a)〜一般式(P−f)で表される化合物の好ましい構造を例示する。(In the formula, it binds to Sp p1 with ★ and binds to L p5 or L p6 with ★★),
Sp p1 and Sp p4 each represent a spacer group, X p1 to X p4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom,
L p4 , L p5 , L p6 , L p7 , L p8 and L p10 are each independently a single bond, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —CO—, —C 2 H 4 —, —COO. -, - OCO -, - COOC 2 H 4 -, - OCOC 2 H 4 -, - C 2 H 4 OCO -, - C 2 H 4 COO -, - CH = CH -, - CF 2 -, - CF 2 O -, - (CH 2) z -C (= O) -O -, - (CH 2) z -O- (C = O) -, - O- (C = O) - (CH 2) z - , — (C═O) —O— (CH 2 ) z —, —O— (CH 2 ) z —O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH═CHCOO—, —COOCH═CH—, —OCOCH═CH -Or -C≡C-, wherein z represents an integer of 1 to 8, and z is preferably an integer of 1 to 4,
L p3 represents —CH═CHCOO—, —COOCH═CH— or —OCOCH═CH—,
L p9 is -OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - CO -, - C 2 H 4 -, - COO -, - OCO -, - COOC 2 H 4 -, - OCOC 2 H 4 -, - C 2 H 4 OCO -, - C 2 H 4 COO -, - CH = CH -, - CF 2 -, - CF 2 O -, - (CH 2) z -C (= O) -O -, - (CH 2 ) z -O- (C = O) -, - O- (C = O) - (CH 2) z -, - (C = O) -O- (CH 2) z -, - O- (CH 2 Z —O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH═CHCOO—, —COOCH═CH—, —OCOCH═CH— or —C≡C—, wherein z represents an integer of 1-8. However, z is preferably an integer of 1 to 4,
In the compound represented by the general formula (P-a), m p6 and m p7 each independently represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, m p6 + m p7 = 2 to 5, and L p4 In the presence of multiple rings, they may be the same or different, and when there are multiple rings A and B, they may be the same or different,
In the compound represented by the general formula ( Pb ), m p8 and m p9 each independently represent 0, 1, 2, or 3, and m p8 + m p9 = 2 to 5, p8 = m p9 = 1 is preferable, and when there are a plurality of ring A and ring B, they may be the same or different,
In the compound represented by the general formula (Pc), m p10 and m p11 each independently represent 0, 1, 2, or 3, but preferably m p8 = m p9 = 0, and ring A , When there are a plurality of rings B, they may be the same or different,
In the compound represented by the general formula (Pd), m p12 and m p15 each independently represent 1, 2 or 3, m p13 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and m p14 represents , 0 or 1 and m p12 + m p15 = 3 to 5, when a plurality of R p1 are present, they may be the same or different, and when a plurality of R p2 are present They may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of Sp p1 , they may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of Sp p4 , they are the same. They may be the same or different when a plurality of L p5 are present, and they may be the same when a plurality of rings A and C are present. May be different,
In the compound represented by the general formula (Pe), m p16 and m p17 each independently represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, m p16 + m p17 = 2 to 5, and Z p2 Is a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom, or 1 to carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom is optionally substituted with a halogen atom. 15 alkoxy groups, alkenyl groups having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which hydrogen atoms may be substituted with halogen atoms, or alkenyloxy groups having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which hydrogen atoms may be substituted with halogen atoms represents a group, they are when L p8 there are a plurality may be the same or different and each ring a, they will when ring B there are a plurality, be the same or different It may have,
In the compound represented by the above general formula (P-f), m p18 represents 1, 2 or 3, m p19 represents 1, 2 or 3, represents the m p18 + m p19 = 2~5, When a plurality of L p10 are present, they may be the same or different, and when a plurality of rings A and B are present, they may be the same or different. )
The preferable structure of the compound represented by general formula (Pa)-general formula (Pf) based on this invention below is illustrated.
上記一般式(P−a)で表される化合物の好ましい例として、下記式(P−a−1)〜式(P−a−31)で表される重合性化合物が挙げられる。 Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (P-a) include polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (P-a-1) to (P-a-31).
上記一般式(P−b)で表される化合物の好ましい例として、下記式(P−b−1)〜式(P−b−39)で表される重合性化合物が挙げられる。 Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (Pb) include polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (Pb-1) to (Pb-39).
(式中、q1及びq2は、それぞれ独立して1〜12の整数を示し、R3及びR4はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。)
上記一般式(P−b−35)から(P−b−39)で表される化合物が液晶組成物との溶解性を高める上で好ましく、一般式(P−b−35)で表される化合物が特に好ましい。(In the formula, q 1 and q 2 each independently represent an integer of 1 to 12, and R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.)
The compounds represented by the general formulas (Pb-35) to (Pb-39) are preferable for increasing the solubility with the liquid crystal composition, and are represented by the general formula (Pb-35). Compounds are particularly preferred.
上記一般式(P−c)で表される化合物の好ましい例として、下記式(P−c−1)〜式(P−c−52)で表される重合性化合物が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (Pc) include polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (Pc-1) to (Pc-52).
上記一般式(P−d)で表される化合物は、以下の一般式(P−d’)で表される化合物が好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (P-d) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (P-d ').
(上記一般式(P−d’)で表される化合物において、mp20は、2または3を表すことがより好ましい。その他の記号は上記一般式(p−d)と同一なので省略する。)
本発明に係る一般式(P−d)で表される化合物の好ましい例として、下記式(P−d−1)〜式(P−d−36)で表される重合性化合物が挙げられる。(In the compound represented by the above general formula (Pd ′), mp20 more preferably represents 2 or 3. The other symbols are the same as those in the above general formula (pd), and will be omitted.)
Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (Pd) according to the present invention include polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (Pd-1) to (Pd-36).
上記一般式(P−e)で表される化合物の好ましい例として、下記式(P−e−1)〜式(P−e−11)で表される重合性化合物が挙げられる。 Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (Pe) include polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (Pe-1) to (Pe-11).
(式中、r及びsは、それぞれ独立して1〜11の整数を示し、R34はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。)
上記一般式(P−f)で表される化合物の好ましい例として、下記式(P−f−1)〜式(P−f−8)で表される重合性化合物が挙げられる。(In the formula, r and s each independently represent an integer of 1 to 11, and R 34 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.)
Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (Pf) include polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (Pf-1) to (Pf-8).
(式中、q1及びq2は、それぞれ独立して1〜12の整数を示し、R3及びR4は、それぞれ独立して水素原子又はメチル基を表す。)
上記一般式(P−f−1)から(P−f−8)で表される化合物が液晶組成物との溶解性を高める上で好ましい。(Wherein, q1 and q2 is independently an integer of 1 to 12, R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.)
The compounds represented by the general formulas (Pf-1) to (Pf-8) are preferable for improving the solubility with the liquid crystal composition.
高分子安定化液晶表示素子に用いる重合性液晶組成物を構成するため、本願発明の上記一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物以外に用いる、メソゲン性部位を含んでいない、その他の重合性化合物としては、以下の一般式(X1a) In order to constitute a polymerizable liquid crystal composition used for a polymer-stabilized liquid crystal display element, other polymerizations that do not contain a mesogenic moiety and are used in addition to the polymerizable compound represented by the above general formula (I) of the present invention As a functional compound, the following general formula (X1a)
(式中、A1は水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
A2は単結合又は炭素原子数1〜8のアルキレン基(該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、−CO−、−COO−又は−OCO−で置換されていてもよく、該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子、メチル基又はエチル基で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
A3及びA6はそれぞれ独立して水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1〜10のアルキル基(該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、−CO−、−COO−又は−OCO−で置換されていてもよく、該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立してハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1〜17のアルキル基で置換されていてもよい。)を表わし、
A4及びA7はそれぞれ独立して水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1〜10のアルキル基(該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、−CO−、−COO−又は−OCO−で置換されていてもよく、該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立してハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1〜9のアルキル基で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
pは0〜10を表し、
B1、B2及びB3は、それぞれ独立して水素原子、炭素原子数1〜10の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基(該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、−CO−、−COO−又は−OCO−で置換されていてもよく、該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立してハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数3〜6のトリアルコキシシリル基で置換されていてもよい。)で表される化合物が好ましい。また、当該重合性化合物は1種又は2種以上含有することが好ましい。(In the formula, A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
A 2 is a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkylene group are each independently an oxygen atom, assuming that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO- may be substituted, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkylene group are each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group. May be)
A 3 and A 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group do not have oxygen atoms directly bonded to each other) And each independently may be substituted with an oxygen atom, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group are each independently a halogen atom. Which may be substituted with an atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms).
A 4 and A 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group do not have oxygen atoms directly bonded to each other) And each independently may be substituted with an oxygen atom, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group are each independently a halogen atom. Which may be substituted with an atom or an alkyl group of 1 to 9 carbon atoms)
p represents 0-10,
B 1 , B 2 and B 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (one or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group are In addition, the oxygen atoms may be independently substituted with an oxygen atom, —CO—, —COO—, or —OCO— as those in which the oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other, and one or more of the alkyl groups may be substituted. Each of the hydrogen atoms may be independently substituted with a halogen atom or a trialkoxysilyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms. Moreover, it is preferable to contain the said polymeric compound 1 type (s) or 2 or more types.
上記一般式(X1a)は、一般式(II−b)で表される化合物が好ましい。 The general formula (X1a) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (II-b).
一般式(II−b)で表される化合物は、具体的には下記式(II−q)〜(II−z)、(II−aa)〜(II−al)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compounds represented by the general formula (II-b) are specifically compounds represented by the following formulas (II-q) to (II-z), (II-aa) to (II-al). It is preferable.
[重合開始剤]
本発明に用いる重合性化合物の重合方法としては、ラジカル重合、アニオン重合、カチオン重合等を用いることが可能であるが、ラジカル重合により重合することが好ましく、光フリース転位によるラジカル重合、光重合開始剤によるラジカル重合がより好ましい。
[高分子安定化液晶表示素子用液晶組成物]
高分子安定化液晶表示素子を構成するために用いられる重合性液晶組成物は、上記に例示される液晶化合物と上記一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物及び上記その他の重合性化合物の合計含有量のうち、上記一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物及び上記その他の重合性化合物の含有量を1質量%以上10質量%未満の重合性化合物を含有することが好ましいが、重合性化合物の含有量の下限値は2質量%以上が好ましく、上限値は9質量%未満が好ましく、7質量%未満がより好ましく、5質量%未満がより好ましく、4質量%未満がより好ましい。また、高分子安定化液晶表示素子を構成するために用いられる重合性液晶組成物は、上記に例示される液晶化合物と上記一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物及び上記その他の重合性化合物の合計含有量のうち、上記一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物及び上記その他の重合性化合物の合計含有量を10質量%以上40質量%未満の重合性化合物を含有することも好ましいが、この場合の上記一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物及び上記その他の重合性化合物の合計含有量の下限値は12質量%以上が好ましく、15質量%以上がより好ましく、上限値は30%質量未満が好ましく、25%質量未満がより好ましく、20%質量未満がより好ましく、15%質量未満がより好ましい。更に、高分子安定化液晶表示素子を構成するために用いられる重合性液晶組成物は、上記に例示される液晶化合物と上記一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物及び上記その他の重合性化合物の合計含有量のうち、上記一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物及び上記その他の重合性化合物の合計含有量5質量%以上15質量%未満とすることが好ましく、7質量%以上12%未満とすることがより好ましい。本発明の高分子安定化液晶表示素子を構成するために用いられる重合性液晶組成物は、上記一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物及び上記その他の重合性化合物の合計含有量を1質量%以上40質量%未満とすることで、一軸性の光学異方性、又は一軸性の屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸方向を有するポリマーネットワークを形成するものであることが好ましく、該ポリマーネットワークの光学軸又は配向容易軸と低分子液晶の配向容易軸が略一致するように形成されていることがより好ましい。[Polymerization initiator]
As the polymerization method of the polymerizable compound used in the present invention, radical polymerization, anionic polymerization, cationic polymerization, etc. can be used, but polymerization is preferably performed by radical polymerization, radical polymerization by photo-Fries rearrangement, and initiation of photopolymerization. Radical polymerization with an agent is more preferred.
[Liquid crystal composition for polymer stabilized liquid crystal display element]
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition used for constituting the polymer-stabilized liquid crystal display element includes a liquid crystal compound exemplified above, a polymerizable compound represented by the above general formula (I), and the above other polymerizable compounds. Among the total content, the content of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I) and the content of the other polymerizable compound is preferably 1% by mass or more and less than 10% by mass, The lower limit of the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 2% by mass or more, and the upper limit is preferably less than 9% by mass, more preferably less than 7% by mass, more preferably less than 5% by mass, and more preferably less than 4% by mass. . The polymerizable liquid crystal composition used for constituting the polymer-stabilized liquid crystal display element includes the liquid crystal compound exemplified above, the polymerizable compound represented by the above general formula (I), and the above other polymerizable compounds. Of the total content of the compounds, the total content of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I) and the other polymerizable compounds may contain 10% by mass or more and less than 40% by mass of the polymerizable compound. In this case, the lower limit of the total content of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I) and the other polymerizable compound is preferably 12% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more, and the upper limit. The value is preferably less than 30%, more preferably less than 25%, more preferably less than 20%, and more preferably less than 15%. Furthermore, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition used for constituting the polymer-stabilized liquid crystal display element includes the liquid crystal compound exemplified above, the polymerizable compound represented by the above general formula (I), and the above other polymerizable compounds. Of the total content of the compounds, the total content of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I) and the other polymerizable compound is preferably 5% by mass or more and less than 15% by mass, and preferably 7% by mass or more. More preferably, it is less than 12%. The polymerizable liquid crystal composition used for constituting the polymer-stabilized liquid crystal display element of the present invention has a total content of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I) and the other polymerizable compound of 1. It is preferable to form a polymer network having a uniaxial optical anisotropy, a uniaxial refractive index anisotropy, or an orientation easy axis direction by setting the mass to 40% by mass or more. It is more preferable that the optical axis or the easy alignment axis of the network and the easy alignment axis of the low-molecular liquid crystal are formed so as to substantially coincide with each other.
また、高分子安定化液晶表示素子を構成するために用いられる重合性液晶組成物には、上記一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物と上記その他の重合性化合物との重合性化合物の合計量のうち、一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を10質量%以上100質量%以下の範囲で用いることが良く、20質量%以上80質量%以下とすることが好ましいが、30質量%以上70質量%以下とすることがより好ましく、40質量%以上60質量%以下とすることがさらに好ましく、45質量%以上55質量%以下とすることが特に好ましい。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition used for constituting the polymer-stabilized liquid crystal display element includes a polymerizable compound of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I) and the other polymerizable compound. Of the total amount, the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I) is preferably used in the range of 10% by mass to 100% by mass, preferably 20% by mass to 80% by mass, It is more preferable to set it as mass% or more and 70 mass% or less, It is more preferable to set it as 40 mass% or more and 60 mass% or less, It is especially preferable to set it as 45 mass% or more and 55 mass% or less.
尚、該ポリマーネットワークには、複数のポリマーネットワークが集合することにより高分子薄膜を形成したポリマーバインダも含まれる。ポリマーバインダは、一軸配向性を示す屈折率異方性を有しており、該薄膜に低分子液晶が分散され、該薄膜の一軸性の光学軸と低分子液晶の光学軸が略同一方向へ揃っていることが特徴である。従って、これにより、光散乱型液晶である高分子分散型液晶又はポリマーネットワーク型液晶とは異なり光散乱が起こらず偏光を用いた液晶素子に於いて高コントラストな表示が得られる点と、立下り時間を短くして液晶素子の応答性を向上させることが特徴である。更に、本発明に用いられる重合性液晶組成物は、ポリマーネットワーク層を液晶素子全体に形成させるものであり、液晶素子基板上にポリマーの薄膜層を形成させてプレチルトを誘起させるPSA(Polymer Sustained Alignment)型液晶組成物とは異なる。 The polymer network includes a polymer binder in which a polymer thin film is formed by aggregating a plurality of polymer networks. The polymer binder has refractive index anisotropy indicating uniaxial orientation, low molecular liquid crystal is dispersed in the thin film, and the uniaxial optical axis of the thin film and the optical axis of the low molecular liquid crystal are in substantially the same direction. The feature is that it is complete. Therefore, unlike a polymer dispersion type liquid crystal or polymer network type liquid crystal which is a light scattering type liquid crystal, light scattering does not occur and a high contrast display can be obtained in a liquid crystal element using polarized light. It is characterized in that the response time of the liquid crystal element is improved by shortening the time. Furthermore, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition used in the present invention is a PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) that forms a polymer network layer on the entire liquid crystal element and induces a pretilt by forming a polymer thin film layer on the liquid crystal element substrate. ) Type liquid crystal composition.
何れの濃度に於いてもTgの異なる重合性化合物を少なくとも二種類以上含有させて必要に応じてTgを調整することが好ましい。Tgが高いポリマーの前駆体である重合性化合物は、架橋密度が高くなる分子構造を有する重合性化合物であって、官能基数が2以上であることが好ましい。又、Tgが低いポリマーの前駆体は、官能基数が1であるか、又は2以上であって、官能基間にスペーサーとしてアルキレン基等を有し分子長を長くした構造であることが好ましい。ポリマーネットワークの熱的安定性や耐衝撃性向上に対応することを目的にポリマーネットワークのTgを調整する場合、多官能モノマーと単官能モノマーの比率を適宜調整することが好ましい。又、Tgはポリマーネットワークの主鎖、及び側鎖に於ける分子レベルの熱的な運動性とも関連しており、電気光学特性にも影響を及ぼしている。例えば、架橋密度を高くすると主鎖の分子運動性が下がり低分子液晶とのアンカーリング力が高まり駆動電圧が高くなると共に立下り時間が短くなる。一方、Tgが下がるように架橋密度を下げるとポリマー主鎖の熱運動性が上がることにより、低分子液晶とのアンカーリング力が下がり駆動電圧が下がり立下り時間が長くなる傾向を示す。ポリマーネットワーク界面に於けるアンカーリング力は、上述のTgの他にポリマー側鎖の分子運動性にも影響され、多価分岐アルキレン基、及び多価アルキル基を有する重合性化合物を用いることでポリマー界面のアンカーリング力が下げられる。又、多価分岐アルキレン基、及び多価アルキル基を有する重合性化合物は、プレチルト角を誘起させるのに有効で極角方向のアンカーリング力を下げる方向に作用する。 In any concentration, it is preferable to contain at least two kinds of polymerizable compounds having different Tg and adjust Tg as necessary. The polymerizable compound that is a precursor of a polymer having a high Tg is a polymerizable compound having a molecular structure that increases the crosslink density, and preferably has 2 or more functional groups. The precursor of the polymer having a low Tg preferably has a structure in which the number of functional groups is 1, or 2 or more, and an alkylene group or the like is provided as a spacer between functional groups to increase the molecular length. When adjusting the Tg of the polymer network for the purpose of improving the thermal stability and impact resistance of the polymer network, it is preferable to appropriately adjust the ratio of the polyfunctional monomer to the monofunctional monomer. Tg is also related to thermal mobility at the molecular level in the main chain and side chain of the polymer network, and has an influence on electro-optical properties. For example, when the crosslink density is increased, the molecular mobility of the main chain is lowered, the anchoring force with the low molecular liquid crystal is increased, the drive voltage is increased, and the fall time is shortened. On the other hand, when the crosslinking density is lowered so that Tg is lowered, the thermal mobility of the polymer main chain is increased, so that the anchoring force with the low-molecular liquid crystal is lowered, the driving voltage is lowered, and the fall time is increased. The anchoring force at the polymer network interface is influenced by the molecular mobility of the polymer side chain in addition to the above Tg, and the polymer is obtained by using a polymerizable compound having a polyvalent branched alkylene group and a polyvalent alkyl group. The anchoring force of the interface is lowered. In addition, the polymerizable compound having a polyvalent branched alkylene group and a polyvalent alkyl group is effective in inducing a pretilt angle and acts in the direction of reducing the polar anchoring force.
重合性液晶組成物が液晶相を示した状態で、重合性液晶組成物中の重合性化合物を重合させることにより、重合性化合物の分子量が増加して液晶組成物と重合性化合物を相分離させる。二相に分離する形態は、含有する液晶化合物の種類や重合性化合物の種類に大きく依存して異なる。液晶相中に重合性化合物相が無数に島状の核として発生して成長するバイノーダル分解で相分離構造を形成しても良く、液晶相と重合性化合物相との濃度の揺らぎから相分離するスピノーダル分解により相分離構造を形成しても良い。バイノーダル分解によるポリマーネットワークを形成させるには、少なくとも低分子液晶の含有量を85質量%以上にするのが好ましく、重合性化合物の反応速度が速い化合物を用いることにより可視光の波長より小さい大きさの重合性化合物の核を無数に発生させてナノオーダーの相分離構造が形成されるので好ましい。結果として重合性化合物相に於ける重合が進むと相分離構造に依存して可視光の波長より短い空隙間隔のポリマーネットワークが形成され、一方、ポリマーネットワークの空隙は低分子液晶相の相分離によるもので、この空隙の大きさが可視光の波長より小さいと、光散乱性が無く高コントラストで、且つポリマーネットワークからのアンカーリング力の影響が強まり立下り時間が短くなり高速応答の液晶表示素子が得られるようになり特に好ましい。バイノーダル分解に於ける重合性化合物相の核生成は、化合物の種類や組合せによる相溶性の変化や、反応速度、温度等のパラメーターに影響され適宜必要に応じて調整することが好ましい。反応速度は、紫外線重合の場合は、重合性化合物の官能基や光開始剤の種類及び含有量、紫外線露光強度によるもので反応性を促進するように紫外線露光条件を適宜調整すれば良く、少なくとも20mW/cm2以上の紫外線露光強度が好ましい。低分子液晶が85質量%以下では、スピノーダル分解による相分離構造でポリマーネットワークを形成させることが好ましい、スピノーダル分解では周期性のある二相の濃度の揺らぎによる相分離微細構造が得られるので可視光波長より小さい均一な空隙間隔を容易に形成するので好ましい。重合性化合物の割合が15質量%未満ではバイノーダル分解による相分離構造を形成させることが好ましく、15質量%以上ではスピノーダル分解による相分離構造を形成させることが好ましい。重合性化合物含有量が増加すると、温度の影響で低分子液晶相と重合性化合物相との二相分離する相転移温度が存在する。二相分離転移温度より高い温度では等方相を示すが、低いと分離が起こり均一な相分離構造が得られず好ましくない。温度により二相分離する場合は、二相分離温度より高い温度に於いて相分離構造を形成させることが好ましい。上述した何れの場合も、低分子液晶の配向状態と同様の配向状態を保持しながらポリマーネットワークが形成される。形成されたポリマーネットワークは、低分子液晶の配向に倣うように光学異方性を示す。ポリマーネットワーク中の液晶層の形態としては、ポリマーの3次元ネットワーク構造中に液晶組成物が連続層をなす構造、液晶組成物のドロップレットがポリマー中に分散している構造、又は両者が混在する構造、更に、両基板面を起点にポリマーネットワーク層が存在し、対面基板との中心付近では液晶層のみである構造が挙げられる。何れもの構造もポリマーネットワークの作用により0〜90°のプレチルト角が液晶素子基板界面に対して誘起されていることが好ましい。形成するポリマーネットワークは、共存する低分子液晶を液晶セルの配向膜が示す配向方向へ配向させる機能を有することが好ましく、更に、ポリマー界面方向に対して低分子液晶をプレチルトさせる機能を有していることも好ましい。ポリマー界面に対して低分子液晶をプレチルトさせる重合性化合物を導入すると液晶素子の駆動電圧を低くさせるのに有用で好ましい。又、屈折率異方性を有しても良く、配向方向へ液晶を配向させる機能は、メソゲン基を有する重合性化合物を用いることが好ましい。When the polymerizable liquid crystal composition exhibits a liquid crystal phase, the polymerizable compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is polymerized to increase the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound to cause phase separation of the liquid crystal composition and the polymerizable compound. . The form of separation into two phases varies greatly depending on the type of liquid crystal compound contained and the type of polymerizable compound. A phase separation structure may be formed by binodal decomposition in which an infinite number of polymerizable compound phases are generated and grown as island-like nuclei in the liquid crystal phase, and phase separation is caused by fluctuations in concentration between the liquid crystal phase and the polymerizable compound phase. A phase separation structure may be formed by spinodal decomposition. In order to form a polymer network by binodal decomposition, it is preferable that the content of at least low-molecular liquid crystal is 85% by mass or more, and the size is smaller than the wavelength of visible light by using a compound having a high reaction rate of the polymerizable compound. Innumerable nuclei of the polymerizable compound are generated to form a nano-order phase separation structure, which is preferable. As a result, when the polymerization in the polymerizable compound phase proceeds, a polymer network having a void interval shorter than the wavelength of visible light is formed depending on the phase separation structure, whereas the voids in the polymer network are caused by phase separation of the low-molecular liquid crystal phase. However, if the size of the void is smaller than the wavelength of visible light, the liquid crystal display device has high contrast, no light scattering, high contrast, strong influence of anchoring force from the polymer network, and short fall time. Is particularly preferable. The nucleation of the polymerizable compound phase in the binodal decomposition is preferably adjusted as needed as affected by changes in compatibility depending on the type and combination of compounds, reaction rate, temperature and other parameters. The reaction rate, in the case of ultraviolet polymerization, may be adjusted as appropriate to the ultraviolet exposure conditions so as to promote the reactivity depending on the functional group of the polymerizable compound, the type and content of the photoinitiator, and the ultraviolet exposure intensity. An ultraviolet exposure intensity of 20 mW / cm 2 or more is preferable. When the low-molecular liquid crystal content is 85% by mass or less, it is preferable to form a polymer network with a phase separation structure by spinodal decomposition. In spinodal decomposition, a phase separation fine structure is obtained by fluctuations in the concentration of two phases with periodicity, so that visible light can be obtained. This is preferable because a uniform gap interval smaller than the wavelength is easily formed. When the proportion of the polymerizable compound is less than 15% by mass, it is preferable to form a phase separation structure by binodal decomposition, and when it is 15% by mass or more, it is preferable to form a phase separation structure by spinodal decomposition. When the content of the polymerizable compound is increased, there exists a phase transition temperature at which the low-molecular liquid crystal phase and the polymerizable compound phase are separated into two phases due to the influence of temperature. An isotropic phase is exhibited at a temperature higher than the two-phase separation transition temperature, but if it is low, separation occurs and a uniform phase separation structure cannot be obtained. When two-phase separation is performed according to temperature, it is preferable to form a phase separation structure at a temperature higher than the two-phase separation temperature. In any of the above cases, a polymer network is formed while maintaining the same alignment state as that of the low-molecular liquid crystal. The formed polymer network exhibits optical anisotropy so as to follow the orientation of the low-molecular liquid crystal. As the form of the liquid crystal layer in the polymer network, a structure in which the liquid crystal composition forms a continuous layer in the three-dimensional network structure of the polymer, a structure in which droplets of the liquid crystal composition are dispersed in the polymer, or both are mixed. Further, there is a structure in which a polymer network layer exists starting from both substrate surfaces, and only a liquid crystal layer is provided in the vicinity of the center of the opposite substrate. In any structure, it is preferable that a pretilt angle of 0 to 90 ° is induced with respect to the liquid crystal element substrate interface by the action of the polymer network. The polymer network to be formed preferably has a function of aligning the coexisting low molecular liquid crystal in the alignment direction indicated by the alignment film of the liquid crystal cell, and further has a function of pretilting the low molecular liquid crystal with respect to the polymer interface direction. It is also preferable. Introducing a polymerizable compound that pretilts a low-molecular liquid crystal with respect to the polymer interface is useful and preferable for lowering the driving voltage of the liquid crystal element. Moreover, it may have refractive index anisotropy, and it is preferable to use a polymerizable compound having a mesogenic group for the function of aligning the liquid crystal in the alignment direction.
VAモード等の垂直配向セルに対しては垂直配向を誘起するメソゲン基を有しない多価アルキル基、又は多価分岐アルキレン基を有する重合性化合物を用いても良く、メソゲン基を有する重合性化合物との併用でも好ましい。上述の重合性液晶組成物を用いて相分離重合により垂直配向セル内にポリマーネットワークが形成された場合は、繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークが液晶セル基板に対して低分子液晶の垂直方向と略同一の方向に形成されていることが好ましい。又、セル基板表面にある垂直配向膜に液晶が傾斜配向を誘起するようにラビング処理等を施してプレチルト角を誘起するようにした垂直配向膜が用いられた場合は、プレチルトして配向している低分子液晶と同方向に繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークが傾斜して形成されていることが好ましい。 For vertically aligned cells such as VA mode, a polymerizable compound having a polyvalent alkyl group that does not have a mesogenic group that induces vertical alignment or a polyvalent branched alkylene group may be used, and a polymerizable compound having a mesogenic group Is also preferred in combination. When a polymer network is formed in a vertically aligned cell by phase separation polymerization using the polymerizable liquid crystal composition described above, the fibrous or columnar polymer network is in the vertical direction of the low molecular liquid crystal with respect to the liquid crystal cell substrate. It is preferable that they are formed in substantially the same direction. In addition, when a vertical alignment film that induces a pretilt angle by rubbing the liquid crystal on the cell substrate surface so as to induce a tilted alignment is used, the liquid crystal is pretilted and aligned. It is preferable that a fiber-like or columnar polymer network is inclined in the same direction as the low-molecular liquid crystal.
更に、電圧を印加しながらプレチルト角を誘起する方法では、重合性液晶組成物の閾値電圧よりも0.9V程度低い電圧から2V程度高い電圧の範囲で電圧を印加しながら重合させると繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークが所望のプレチルト角、好ましくは0.1〜30°のプレチルト角を誘起するように傾斜して形成されるのでより好ましくなる。何れの方法で形成された繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークは、二枚のセル基板間を連結していることが特徴である。これにより、プレチルト角の熱的安定性が向上して液晶表示素子の信頼性を高められる。 Furthermore, in the method of inducing the pretilt angle while applying a voltage, when polymerizing while applying a voltage in a voltage range of about 0.9 V to 2 V higher than the threshold voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, Alternatively, it is more preferable because the columnar polymer network is formed to be inclined so as to induce a desired pretilt angle, preferably 0.1 to 30 °. The fibrous or columnar polymer network formed by any method is characterized in that the two cell substrates are connected to each other. Thereby, the thermal stability of the pretilt angle is improved, and the reliability of the liquid crystal display element can be increased.
他に、繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークを傾斜配向させて形成することにより低分子液晶のプレチルト角を誘起させる方法として、官能基とメソゲン基の間にあるアルキレン基の炭素原子数が6以上のプレチルト角の誘起角度が小さい二官能アクリレートと官能基と、メソゲン基の間にあるアルキレン基の炭素原子数が5以下のプレチルト角の誘起角度が大きい二官能アクリレートを組合せ用いる方法が挙げられる。これらの化合物の配合比を調整することにより所望のプレチルト角を誘起させることができる。 In addition, as a method for inducing the pretilt angle of a low-molecular liquid crystal by forming a fibrous or columnar polymer network in an inclined orientation, the alkylene group between the functional group and the mesogenic group has 6 or more carbon atoms. And a bifunctional acrylate having a small pretilt angle induction angle, a functional group, and a bifunctional acrylate having a large pretilt angle induction angle in which the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group between the mesogenic groups is 5 or less. A desired pretilt angle can be induced by adjusting the compounding ratio of these compounds.
更に、可逆性の光配向機能を有する重合性化合物を少なくとも0.01%以上1%以下の範囲で添加して繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークを形成させる方法が挙げられる。この場合、トランス体に於いて低分子液晶と同様の棒状の形態になり低分子液晶の配向状態へ影響を及ぼす。本発明の重合性液晶組成物に含有されている該トランス体は、紫外線をセル上面から平行光として露光すると紫外線の進む方向と該棒状の分子長軸方向が平行になるように揃い、低分子液晶も同時に該トランス体の分子長軸方向へ揃うように配向する。セルに対して傾斜して紫外線を露光すると、該トランス体の分子長軸が傾斜方向に向き液晶を紫外線の傾斜方向へ配向させるようになる。即ち、プレチルト角を誘起するようになり光配向機能を示す。この段階で重合性化合物を架橋させると誘起したプレチルト角が重合相分離で形成された繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークにより固定化される。従って、VAモードで重要なプレチルト角の誘起は、電圧印加しながら重合相分離させる方法、誘起するプレチルト角が異なる重合性化合物を複数添加して重合相分離させる方法、可逆性の光配向機能を有する重合性化合物が示す光配向機能を用いて紫外線が進む方向へ低分子液晶及び重合性液晶化合物を配向させ重合相分離する方法を必要に応じて用い本発明の液晶素子を作製することができる。 Furthermore, a method of forming a fibrous or columnar polymer network by adding a polymerizable compound having a reversible photo-alignment function in a range of at least 0.01% to 1% is mentioned. In this case, the trans form has a rod-like shape similar to that of the low-molecular liquid crystal and affects the alignment state of the low-molecular liquid crystal. The trans isomer contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention has a low molecular weight that is aligned so that the direction of ultraviolet light travels parallel to the long axis direction of the rod-shaped molecule when ultraviolet light is exposed as parallel light from the top surface of the cell. At the same time, the liquid crystal is aligned so as to be aligned in the molecular long axis direction of the trans form. When ultraviolet rays are exposed while being inclined with respect to the cell, the molecular long axis of the trans body is oriented in the inclined direction, and the liquid crystal is oriented in the inclined direction of the ultraviolet rays. That is, a pre-tilt angle is induced and a photo-alignment function is exhibited. The pretilt angle induced by crosslinking the polymerizable compound at this stage is fixed by a fibrous or columnar polymer network formed by polymerization phase separation. Therefore, the pretilt angle that is important in the VA mode can be induced by a method of separating the polymerization phase while applying a voltage, a method of adding a plurality of polymerizable compounds having different induced pretilt angles, and a reversible photo-alignment function. The liquid crystal element of the present invention can be produced using a method of aligning low-molecular liquid crystals and polymerizable liquid crystal compounds in the direction in which ultraviolet rays travel by using the photo-alignment function exhibited by the polymerizable compound, and separating the polymerization phase as necessary. .
光配向機能を有する重合性化合物は、紫外線を吸収してトランス体になる光異性化合物であることが好ましく、更に、光配向機能を有する重合性化合物の反応速度が光配向機能を有する重合性化合物以外の重合性化合物の反応速度より遅いことが好ましい。UV露光されると、直ちに光配向機能を有する重合性化合物はトランス体になり光の進む方向に配向すると、周囲の重合性を含む液晶化合物も同様の方向へ配向する。この時、重合相分離が進行して低分子液晶長軸方向とポリマーネットワークの配向容易軸方向が光配向機能を有する重合性化合物の配向容易軸と同一方向へ揃いUV光が進む方向へプレチルト角が誘起される。 The polymerizable compound having a photo-alignment function is preferably a photoisomeric compound that absorbs ultraviolet rays to become a trans isomer, and further, the polymerizable compound having a photo-alignment function has a reaction rate of the polymerizable compound having the photo-alignment function. It is preferably slower than the reaction rate of the polymerizable compound other than the above. When UV exposure is performed, the polymerizable compound having a photo-alignment function immediately becomes a trans isomer, and when aligned in the light traveling direction, the surrounding liquid crystal compound including the polymerizable property is aligned in the same direction. At this time, the pretilt angle in the direction in which the UV light travels when the polymer phase separation proceeds and the long axis direction of the low molecular liquid crystal and the easy axis direction of the polymer network are aligned with the easy axis of the polymerizable compound having a photo-alignment function. Is induced.
更に、IPSやFFSモード等の平行配向セルに於いては、重合性液晶組成物を用いて相分離重合により繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークが液晶セル基板面に有る配向膜の配向方向に対して低分子液晶は平行配向するが、形成された繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークの屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸方向と低分子液晶の配向方向と略同一の方向に形成されていることが好ましい。更に、繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークは、低分子液晶が分散している空隙を除いて略セル全体に存在していることがより好ましい。ポリマー界面方向に対して該プレチルト角を誘起させることを目的に、メソゲン基を有しない多価アルキル基、又は多価アルキレン基を有する重合性化合物とメソゲン基を有する重合性化合物を用いることが好ましい。 Furthermore, in parallel alignment cells such as IPS and FFS modes, the polymer liquid crystal composition is used for the alignment direction of the alignment film having a fibrous or columnar polymer network on the liquid crystal cell substrate surface by phase separation polymerization. The low-molecular liquid crystals are aligned in parallel, but they are formed in the same direction as the refractive index anisotropy or easy-orientation axis direction of the formed fibrous or columnar polymer network and the alignment direction of the low-molecular liquid crystals. Is preferred. Furthermore, it is more preferable that the fibrous or columnar polymer network is present in substantially the entire cell except for the voids in which the low-molecular liquid crystal is dispersed. For the purpose of inducing the pretilt angle with respect to the polymer interface direction, it is preferable to use a polyvalent alkyl group having no mesogenic group, or a polymerizable compound having a polyvalent alkylene group and a polymerizable compound having a mesogenic group. .
更に、電気光学特性は、ポリマーネットワーク界面の表面積、及びポリマーネットワークの空隙間隔に影響されるが、光散乱を起こさないことが重要で、平均空隙間隔を可視光の波長より小さくすることが好ましい。例えば、該界面の表面積を広げて該空隙間隔を小さくさせるにはモノマー組成物含有量を増加させる方法がある。これにより、重合相分離構造が変化して該空隙間隔が微細になることにより該界面の表面積が増加するようにポリマーネットワークが形成され駆動電圧、及び立ち下がり時間が短くなる。重合相分離構造は、重合温度にも影響される。 Furthermore, although the electro-optical characteristics are affected by the surface area of the polymer network interface and the gap spacing of the polymer network, it is important not to cause light scattering, and the average gap spacing is preferably smaller than the wavelength of visible light. For example, there is a method of increasing the monomer composition content in order to increase the surface area of the interface and reduce the gap interval. As a result, the polymer phase is formed so that the surface area of the interface is increased by changing the polymerization phase separation structure and making the gap interval fine, and the drive voltage and the fall time are shortened. The polymerization phase separation structure is also affected by the polymerization temperature.
本発明に於いては、相分離速度を速くして重合させることで微細な空隙を有する相分離構造が得られるようにすることが好ましい。相分離速度は、低分子液晶と重合性化合物との相溶性や重合速度に大きく影響される。化合物の分子構造や含有量に大きく依存するので適宜組成を調整して使用することが好ましい。該相溶性が高い場合は、該重合速度の高い重合性化合物を用いることが好ましく、紫外線重合の場合は、紫外線強度を高めることが好ましい。又、重合性液晶組成物中の重合性化合物の含有量を増やすことも好ましい。相溶性が低い場合は、相分離速度は十分に速くなるので本発明の液晶素子を作製するのに好ましい。相溶性を低くする方法として、低温で重合させる方法が挙げられる。低温にすると液晶の配向秩序度が上がり、液晶とモノマーの相溶性が下がるため、重合相分離速度を速くすることができる。更に別の方法として、重合性液晶組成物を過冷却状態を示す温度にして重合させる方法も挙げられる。この場合、重合性液晶組成物の融点よりも僅かに低くすれば良いので、数度温度を低くするだけで相分離を速くさせることも可能になり好ましい。これらにより、モノマー組成物含有量数十%を液晶へ添加した場合に相当する重合相分離構造、即ち、立ち下がり時間が短くなるように作用する構造であるポリマーネットワーク界面の表面積が大きく該空隙間隔が微細なポリマーネットワーク構造が形成される。従って、本発明の重合性液晶組成物は、立ち下がり時間が短くなるように配向機能、架橋密度、アンカーリング力、空隙間隔、を考慮して重合性液晶組成を適宜調整することが好ましい。 In the present invention, it is preferable to obtain a phase separation structure having fine voids by polymerizing at a high phase separation rate. The phase separation rate is greatly influenced by the compatibility between the low-molecular liquid crystal and the polymerizable compound and the polymerization rate. Since it largely depends on the molecular structure and content of the compound, it is preferable to adjust the composition as appropriate. When the compatibility is high, it is preferable to use a polymerizable compound having a high polymerization rate. In the case of ultraviolet polymerization, it is preferable to increase the ultraviolet intensity. It is also preferable to increase the content of the polymerizable compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. When the compatibility is low, the phase separation rate is sufficiently high, which is preferable for producing the liquid crystal element of the present invention. As a method for reducing the compatibility, a method of polymerizing at a low temperature can be mentioned. When the temperature is lowered, the degree of alignment order of the liquid crystal is increased and the compatibility between the liquid crystal and the monomer is decreased, so that the polymerization phase separation rate can be increased. Still another method includes a method in which the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is polymerized at a temperature showing a supercooled state. In this case, it is sufficient to make the temperature slightly lower than the melting point of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. Therefore, it is preferable that the phase separation can be accelerated only by lowering the temperature by several degrees. As a result, the polymer phase separation structure corresponding to the case where a monomer composition content of several tens of percent is added to the liquid crystal, that is, the surface area of the polymer network interface that acts to shorten the fall time is large, and the gap spacing is large. A fine polymer network structure is formed. Therefore, it is preferable that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention is appropriately adjusted in consideration of the alignment function, the crosslinking density, the anchoring force, and the gap interval so that the fall time is shortened.
本発明の重合性液晶組成物を用いた液晶素子において、高いコントラストの表示を得るには光散乱が起こらないようにする必要があるが、上述した方法を考慮して目的の電圧−透過率特性、及びスイッチング特性を得られるように相分離構造を制御して適切なポリマーネットワーク層構造を形成させることが重要である。ポリマーネットワーク層構造を具体的に説明すると次のようになる。
<ポリマーネットワーク層連続構造>
液晶相中に液晶表示素子全面にポリマーネットワーク層が形成され液晶相が連続している構造であって、ポリマーネットワークの配向容易軸や一軸の光学軸が低分子液晶の配向容易軸と略同一方向であることが好ましく、低分子液晶のプレチルト角を誘起するようにポリマーネットワークを形成させることが好ましく、ポリマーネットワークの平均空隙間隔を可視光の波長より小さい大きさで少なくとも450nmより小さくすることにより光散乱は起こらなくなるので好ましい。更に、応答の立下り時間をポリマーネットワークと低分子液晶との相互作用効果(アンカーリング力)により低分子液晶単体の応答時間より短くするには、50nm〜450nmの範囲にする事が好ましい。立下り時間が液晶のセル厚の影響が少なくなりセル厚が厚くても薄厚並の立下り時間を示すようにするには、少なくとも平均空隙間隔が下限は200nm付近で且つ上限は450nm付近の範囲に入るようにすることが好ましい。平均空隙間隔を減少させると駆動電圧の増加が課題になるが、駆動電圧の増加を25V以下に抑制して立ち下がり応答時間を短くするには250nm近傍から450nmの範囲に入るようにすれば良く、立下り応答時間が約5msecから約1msecの範囲に改善ができるので好ましい。又、駆動電圧が5V程度以内の増加に抑制するには、平均空隙間隔が300nm付近から450nmの範囲にすることが好ましい。更に、ポリマーネットワークの平均空隙間隔を制御して立下り応答時間を1msec以下の高速応答にすることも可能である。駆動電圧が30V以上に増加する場合があるが、平均空隙間隔を50nm付近から250nm付近の間にすれば良く、0.5msec以下にするには50nm近傍から200nm付近にすることが好ましい。ポリマーネットワークの平均直径は、平均空隙間隔と相反し、20nmから700nmの範囲にあることが好ましい。重合性化合物の含有量が増えると平均直径は増加する傾向にある。反応性を高くして重合相分離速度を高めるとポリマーネットワークの密度が増加してポリマーネットワークの平均直径が減少するので必要に応じて相分離条件を調整すれば良い。重合性化合物含有量が10%以下の場合は、平均直径が20nmから160nmにあることが好ましく、平均空隙間隔が200nmから450nm範囲に於いては、平均直径が40nmから160nmの範囲であることが好ましい。重合性化合物含有量が10%より大きくなると50nmから700nmの範囲が好ましく、50nmから400nmの範囲がより好ましい。
<ポリマーネットワーク層不連続構造>
液晶表示素子全面にポリマーネットワーク層が形成され液晶相が連続している構造に対して、重合性化合物含有量が低くなりセル全体にポリマーネットワーク層が被うのに必要な量が不足するとポリマーネットワーク層が不連続に形成される。ポリイミド配向膜等の基板表面の極性が高いと重合性化合物が液晶セル基板界面付近に集まり易く、基板表面からポリマーネットワークが成長して基板界面に付着するようにポリマーネットワーク層が形成され、セル基板表面からポリマーネットワーク層、液晶層、ポリマーネットワーク層、対向基板の順で積層されるように形成される。ポリマーネットワーク層/液晶層/ポリマーネットワーク層の積層構造を示し、且つセル断面方向に対して少なくともセル厚の0.5%以上、好ましくは1%以上、より好ましくは5%以上の厚さのポリマーネットワーク層が形成されているとポリマーネットワークと低分子液晶とのアンカーリング力の作用により立下り時間が短くなる効果が発現して好ましい傾向を示す。但し、セル厚の影響が大きくなるのでセル厚を増すと立ち下がり時間が長くなる場合は、ポリマーネットワーク層の厚さを必要に応じて増加させれば良い。ポリマーネットワーク層に於けるポリマーネットワークの構造は、低分子液晶と配向容易軸や一軸の光学軸が略同一の方向へ揃っていれば良く、低分子液晶がプレチルト角を誘起するように形成されていれば良い。平均空隙間隔は90nmから450nmの範囲が好ましい。In a liquid crystal device using the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention, it is necessary to prevent light scattering in order to obtain a high contrast display. It is important to control the phase separation structure to obtain an appropriate polymer network layer structure so as to obtain switching characteristics. The polymer network layer structure will be specifically described as follows.
<Continuous structure of polymer network layer>
A structure in which a polymer network layer is formed on the entire surface of the liquid crystal display element in the liquid crystal phase and the liquid crystal phase is continuous, and the orientation axis of the polymer network and the uniaxial optical axis are substantially in the same direction as the orientation axis of the low-molecular liquid crystal It is preferable that the polymer network is formed so as to induce a pretilt angle of the low-molecular liquid crystal, and light is obtained by reducing the average gap distance of the polymer network to be smaller than the wavelength of visible light and smaller than at least 450 nm. Since scattering does not occur, it is preferable. Furthermore, in order to make the fall time of the response shorter than the response time of the low-molecular liquid crystal alone due to the interaction effect (anchoring force) between the polymer network and the low-molecular liquid crystal, it is preferable to be in the range of 50 nm to 450 nm. In order that the influence of the cell thickness of the liquid crystal is small and the fall time is as long as the cell thickness is large, at least the average gap interval is in the range of around 200 nm and the upper limit is around 450 nm. It is preferable to enter. Increasing the drive gap increases the average gap spacing. However, in order to suppress the increase in drive voltage to 25 V or less and shorten the fall response time, it is sufficient to enter the range from about 250 nm to 450 nm. The fall response time can be improved in the range of about 5 msec to about 1 msec, which is preferable. Further, in order to suppress the drive voltage from increasing within about 5V, it is preferable that the average gap interval is in the range of about 300 nm to 450 nm. Furthermore, it is also possible to control the average gap interval of the polymer network so that the falling response time is a high-speed response of 1 msec or less. Although the drive voltage may increase to 30 V or more, the average gap interval may be set between about 50 nm and about 250 nm, and in order to reduce it to 0.5 msec or less, it is preferable to set from about 50 nm to about 200 nm. The average diameter of the polymer network is in the range of 20 nm to 700 nm, contrary to the average gap spacing. As the content of the polymerizable compound increases, the average diameter tends to increase. Increasing the polymerization phase separation rate by increasing the reactivity increases the density of the polymer network and decreases the average diameter of the polymer network. Therefore, the phase separation conditions may be adjusted as necessary. When the content of the polymerizable compound is 10% or less, the average diameter is preferably 20 nm to 160 nm, and when the average gap distance is 200 nm to 450 nm, the average diameter is 40 nm to 160 nm. preferable. When the polymerizable compound content is greater than 10%, a range of 50 nm to 700 nm is preferable, and a range of 50 nm to 400 nm is more preferable.
<Discontinuous structure of polymer network layer>
In contrast to a structure in which a polymer network layer is formed on the entire surface of a liquid crystal display element and the liquid crystal phase is continuous, if the content of the polymerizable compound is low and the amount necessary for the polymer network layer to cover the entire cell is insufficient, the polymer network Layers are formed discontinuously. When the polarity of the substrate surface such as polyimide alignment film is high, the polymerizable compound tends to gather near the liquid crystal cell substrate interface, and the polymer network layer is formed so that the polymer network grows from the substrate surface and adheres to the substrate interface. A polymer network layer, a liquid crystal layer, a polymer network layer, and a counter substrate are stacked in this order from the surface. Polymer having a laminated structure of polymer network layer / liquid crystal layer / polymer network layer and having a thickness of at least 0.5%, preferably 1%, more preferably 5% or more of the cell thickness in the cell cross-sectional direction When the network layer is formed, the effect of shortening the fall time due to the action of the anchoring force between the polymer network and the low-molecular liquid crystal is exhibited and a favorable tendency is exhibited. However, since the influence of the cell thickness increases, if the fall time becomes longer as the cell thickness is increased, the thickness of the polymer network layer may be increased as necessary. The polymer network structure in the polymer network layer is such that the low-molecular liquid crystal and the easy-orientation axis or uniaxial optical axis are aligned in substantially the same direction, and the low-molecular liquid crystal is formed so as to induce a pretilt angle. Just do it. The average gap distance is preferably in the range of 90 nm to 450 nm.
例えば、重合性化合物含有量が1質量%から6質量%にする場合は、アンカーリング力の高いメソゲン基を有する二官能モノマーを用いることが好ましく、官能基間の距離が短い構造で重合速度が速い二官能モノマーを用いることが好ましく、0℃以下の低温で重合相分離構造を形成させることが好ましい。重合性化合物含有量を6質量%から10質量%未満にする場合は、該二官能モノマーとアンカーリング力が低い単官能モノマーとの組み合わせが好ましく、必要に応じて25℃から−20℃の範囲で重合相分離構造を形成させることが好ましい。更に、該融点が室温以上であれば該融点より5℃程度低くすると低温重合と同様な効果が得られるので好ましい。重合性化合物含有量を10質量%から40質量%にする場合は、ポリマーバインダ、又はポリマーネットワークの影響が低分子液晶の配向や駆動電圧に大きく影響を及ぼし駆動電圧を増大させるので、低分子液晶の配向機能を有し、且つアンカーリング力が比較的弱いメソゲン基を有する重合性化合物を用いることが好ましい。例えば、アンカーリング力が弱くメソゲン基を有する重合性化合物は、官能基とメソゲン基の間にあるアルキレン基の炭素数を増やすことが有効で炭素数が5〜10が好ましい。又、重合性化合物が30質量%を超えるとポリマーバインダ中に液晶滴が分散した状態になることもあり、この場合でも屈折率異方性を有しているポリマーバインダであって基板面の配向膜が示す配向方向とポリマーバインダの光軸方向が揃うことが好ましい。 For example, when the content of the polymerizable compound is 1% by mass to 6% by mass, it is preferable to use a bifunctional monomer having a mesogenic group having a high anchoring force, and the polymerization rate is low with a structure having a short distance between the functional groups. It is preferable to use a fast bifunctional monomer, and it is preferable to form a polymer phase separation structure at a low temperature of 0 ° C. or lower. When the content of the polymerizable compound is 6% by mass to less than 10% by mass, a combination of the bifunctional monomer and a monofunctional monomer having a low anchoring force is preferable, and a range of 25 ° C. to −20 ° C. is necessary. It is preferable to form a polymer phase separation structure. Furthermore, if the melting point is room temperature or higher, it is preferable to lower the melting point by about 5 ° C. because the same effect as low temperature polymerization can be obtained. When the content of the polymerizable compound is changed from 10% by mass to 40% by mass, the influence of the polymer binder or the polymer network greatly affects the orientation and driving voltage of the low molecular liquid crystal and increases the driving voltage. It is preferable to use a polymerizable compound having a mesogenic group having an orientation function and a relatively weak anchoring force. For example, a polymerizable compound having a weak anchoring force and having a mesogenic group is effective to increase the number of carbon atoms of an alkylene group between the functional group and the mesogenic group, and preferably has 5 to 10 carbon atoms. In addition, when the polymerizable compound exceeds 30% by mass, liquid crystal droplets may be dispersed in the polymer binder. Even in this case, the polymer binder has a refractive index anisotropy and is oriented on the substrate surface. It is preferable that the orientation direction indicated by the film is aligned with the optical axis direction of the polymer binder.
重合性液晶組成物中の重合性化合物の濃度が高いほど、液晶組成物とポリマー界面とのアンカーリング力は大きくなり、τdは高速化する。一方、液晶組成物とポリマー界面とのアンカーリング力は大きくなると、τrは低速化する。τdとτrの和を1.5ms未満とするためには、重合性液晶組成物中の重合性化合物の濃度は、1質量%以上40質量%未満であり、2質量%以上15質量%以下が好ましく、3質量%以上8質量%以下がより好ましい。 The higher the concentration of the polymerizable compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, the greater the anchoring force between the liquid crystal composition and the polymer interface, and the higher the τd. On the other hand, when the anchoring force between the liquid crystal composition and the polymer interface increases, τr decreases. In order to make the sum of τd and τr less than 1.5 ms, the concentration of the polymerizable compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more and less than 40% by mass, and 2% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less. Preferably, 3 mass% or more and 8 mass% or less are more preferable.
TFT駆動液晶表示素子に用いる場合は、フリッカーの抑制、焼付けによる残像等の信頼性を向上させる必要があり電圧保持率が重要な特性になる。電圧保持率を低下させる原因は、重合性液晶組成物内に含有しているイオン性不純物にあると考えられる。特に、可動イオンが電圧保持率に強く影響を及ぼす。そのため、少なくとも比抵抗を1014Ω・cm以上が得られるように精製処理等を施し可動イオンを取り除くことが好ましい。又、ラジカル重合でポリマーネットワークを形成させると光重合開始剤等から発生するイオン性不純物により電圧保持率が低下する場合があるが、有機酸や低分子の副生成物発生量が少ない重合開始剤を選定することが好ましい。
[高分子安定化液晶表示素子]
本発明の液晶表示素子は、液晶組成物中に重合体又は共重合体を含有し、重合体又は共重合体の含有量が液晶組成物及び重合体又は共重合体の合計の質量の1質量%以上40質量%未満である以外は、従来技術による液晶表示素子と同じ構造を有する。即ち、本発明に係る高分子安定化液晶表示素子は、少なくとも一方に電極を有する2枚の透明基板間に液晶層が狭持された構造を有している。そして、本発明の液晶表示素子は、少なくとも一方の透明基板上に液晶組成物を配向させるための配向層を有することが好ましい。基板に設けられたこの配向層と基板に設けられた電極に電圧を印加して、液晶分子の配向が制御される。ポリマーネットワーク又はポリマーバインダが一軸性の屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸方向を有し、ポリマーネットワーク又はポリマーバインダの光軸方向又は配向容易軸方向と低分子液晶の配向容易軸方向が同一方向であることが好ましい。この点で、一軸性の屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸方向を有さない光散乱型のポリマーネットワーク液晶や高分子分散型液晶とは異なる。更に、配向層の配向容易軸方向とポリマーネットワーク又はポリマーバインダの配向容易軸方向が同一であることが好ましい。偏光板、位相差フィルムなどを具備させることにより、この配向状態を利用して表示させる。液晶表示素子としては、TN、STN、ECB、VA、VA−TN、IPS、FFS、πセル、OCB、コレステリック液晶などの動作モードに適用できる。中でも、VA、IPS、FFS、VA−TN、TN、ECBが特に好ましい。尚、本発明の液晶表示素子は、液晶組成物中に重合体又は共重合体を含有する点で、配向膜上に重合体又は共重合体を有するPSA(Polymer Sustained Alignment)型液晶表示素子とは異なる。When used in a TFT drive liquid crystal display element, it is necessary to improve the reliability such as suppression of flicker and afterimages caused by printing, and the voltage holding ratio is an important characteristic. The cause of lowering the voltage holding ratio is considered to be ionic impurities contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. In particular, mobile ions strongly influence the voltage holding ratio. Therefore, it is preferable to remove the mobile ions by performing a purification treatment or the like so that at least a specific resistance of 10 14 Ω · cm or more is obtained. In addition, when a polymer network is formed by radical polymerization, the voltage holding ratio may decrease due to ionic impurities generated from the photopolymerization initiator, etc., but the polymerization initiator generates a small amount of organic acid and low-molecular byproducts. Is preferably selected.
[Polymer stabilized liquid crystal display element]
The liquid crystal display element of the present invention contains a polymer or copolymer in the liquid crystal composition, and the content of the polymer or copolymer is 1 mass of the total mass of the liquid crystal composition and the polymer or copolymer. The liquid crystal display device has the same structure as the liquid crystal display device according to the prior art except that the content is less than 40% and less than 40% by mass. That is, the polymer-stabilized liquid crystal display element according to the present invention has a structure in which a liquid crystal layer is sandwiched between two transparent substrates having electrodes on at least one side. The liquid crystal display element of the present invention preferably has an alignment layer for aligning the liquid crystal composition on at least one transparent substrate. By applying a voltage to the alignment layer provided on the substrate and the electrode provided on the substrate, the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules is controlled. The polymer network or polymer binder has a uniaxial refractive index anisotropy or an easy axis direction, and the optical axis direction or the easy axis direction of the polymer network or the polymer binder and the easy axis direction of the low molecular liquid crystal are the same direction. Preferably there is. In this respect, it differs from a light scattering polymer network liquid crystal or polymer dispersed liquid crystal that does not have a uniaxial refractive index anisotropy or an orientation easy axis direction. Furthermore, it is preferable that the orientation easy axis direction of the alignment layer is the same as the orientation easy axis direction of the polymer network or the polymer binder. By providing a polarizing plate, a retardation film, etc., display is performed using this orientation state. The liquid crystal display element can be applied to operation modes such as TN, STN, ECB, VA, VA-TN, IPS, FFS, π cell, OCB, and cholesteric liquid crystal. Among these, VA, IPS, FFS, VA-TN, TN, and ECB are particularly preferable. The liquid crystal display element of the present invention is a PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) type liquid crystal display element having a polymer or copolymer on the alignment film in that the liquid crystal composition contains a polymer or copolymer. Is different.
本発明の高分子安定化液晶表示素子の基板間の距離(d)は、2〜5μmの範囲が好ましく、3.5μm以下が更に好ましい。一般に、液晶組成物の複屈折率とセル厚の積が0.275近傍になるように複屈折率を調整するが、本発明の重合性液晶組成物では重合相分離後にポリマーネットワークが形成されるため、ポリマーネットワークのアンカーリング力作用とポリマーネットワークの光学的な性質により電界印加時の液晶表示素子の複屈折率が低くなるので液晶組成物、及び重合組成物、又は重合性液晶組成物に含まれる液晶組成物の複屈折率(Δn)と基板間の距離(d)の積は、駆動電圧がポリマーネットワーク形成により5V程度以内の増加では0.3〜0.4μmの範囲が特に好ましく、3V程度以内の増加では0.30〜0.35μmの範囲が更に好ましく、駆動電圧が1V以内の増加では0.29〜0.33μmの範囲が特に好ましい。液晶表示素子の基板間の距離(d)及び液晶組成物の複屈折(Δn)と基板間の距離(d)の積をそれぞれ上記範囲内とすることにより、透過率は、低分子液晶のみに匹敵して高く、高速応答で色再現性が好ましい表示を得ることができる。重合性液晶組成物に用いる液晶組成物の複屈折率を、セル厚(d)と複屈折率(Δn)の積が0.275に対して1から1.9倍になるようにすることが好ましい。 The distance (d) between the substrates of the polymer-stabilized liquid crystal display element of the present invention is preferably in the range of 2 to 5 μm, and more preferably 3.5 μm or less. In general, the birefringence is adjusted so that the product of the birefringence of the liquid crystal composition and the cell thickness is close to 0.275. In the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention, a polymer network is formed after the polymerization phase separation. Therefore, the birefringence of the liquid crystal display element when an electric field is applied is lowered due to the anchoring force action of the polymer network and the optical properties of the polymer network, so that it is included in the liquid crystal composition, the polymerization composition, or the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. The product of the birefringence (Δn) and the distance (d) between the substrates is particularly preferably in the range of 0.3 to 0.4 μm when the driving voltage is increased within about 5 V due to the formation of the polymer network. A range of 0.30 to 0.35 μm is more preferable for an increase within a range, and a range of 0.29 to 0.33 μm is particularly preferable for an increase within a drive voltage of 1 V. By making the product of the distance (d) between the substrates of the liquid crystal display element and the product of the birefringence (Δn) of the liquid crystal composition and the distance (d) between the substrates within the above ranges, the transmittance is limited to only low-molecular liquid crystals. It is possible to obtain a display that is relatively high and has a high-speed response and favorable color reproducibility. The birefringence of the liquid crystal composition used for the polymerizable liquid crystal composition may be set so that the product of the cell thickness (d) and the birefringence index (Δn) is 1 to 1.9 times with respect to 0.275. preferable.
本発明の高分子安定化液晶表示素子の駆動電圧は、液晶組成物の誘電異方性や弾性定数だけで決まるものではなく、液晶組成物とポリマー界面との間で作用するアンカーリング力に大きく影響される。例えば高分子分散型液晶表示素子の駆動電圧に関する記述として、特開平6−222320号公報において次式の関係が示されている。 The driving voltage of the polymer-stabilized liquid crystal display element of the present invention is not determined only by the dielectric anisotropy or elastic constant of the liquid crystal composition, but greatly by the anchoring force acting between the liquid crystal composition and the polymer interface. Affected. For example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-222320 discloses the relationship of the following formula as a description regarding the driving voltage of a polymer dispersion type liquid crystal display element.
(Vthはしきい値電圧を表わし、1Kii及び2Kiiは弾性定数を表わし、iは1、2又は3を表わし、Δεは誘電率異方性を表わし、<r>は透明性高分子物質界面の平均空隙間隔を表わし、Aは液晶組成物に対する透明性高分子物質のアンカーリング力を表わし、dは透明性電極を有する基板間の距離を表わす。)
これによると、光散乱型液晶表示素子の駆動電圧は、透明性高分子物質界面の平均空隙間隔、基板間の距離、液晶組成物の弾性定数・誘電率異方性、及び液晶組成物と透明性高分子物質間のアンカーリングエネルギーによって決定される。(Vth represents a threshold voltage, 1Kii and 2Kii represent elastic constants, i represents 1, 2 or 3, Δε represents dielectric anisotropy, and <r> represents a transparent polymer substance interface. (Indicates the average gap distance, A indicates the anchoring force of the transparent polymer substance to the liquid crystal composition, and d indicates the distance between the substrates having transparent electrodes.)
According to this, the driving voltage of the light-scattering liquid crystal display element is determined by the average gap spacing at the interface of the transparent polymer material, the distance between the substrates, the elastic constant / dielectric anisotropy of the liquid crystal composition, and the transparency with the liquid crystal composition. Determined by the anchoring energy between the conductive polymer materials.
このうち本発明の液晶表示素子で制御できるパラメーターは、液晶物性とポリマー間のアンカーリング力である。アンカーリング力は、該ポリマーの分子構造、及び低分子液晶の分子構造に大きく依存するため、アンカーリング力が強い重合性化合物を選定すれば応答時間を1.5ms以下に速くすることが可能であるが同時に、駆動電圧が30V以上に増加するので、駆動電圧が30V以下で応答速度が1.5ms以下になるように適宜液晶化合物、及び重合性化合物の選定を行い組成を調整することが好ましい。アンカーリング力の強いポリマー前駆体とアンカーリング力の弱いポリマー前駆体を適宜配合して駆動電圧と応答速度のバランスが取れるように組成を調整することが好ましい。一方、駆動電圧を低くするのに求められる液晶組成物の物性としては、P型液晶では誘電異方性が6以上で、N型液晶では誘電異方性が−3以下にすることが特に好ましい。又、複屈折率を0.09以上にすることが好ましい。更に、液晶組成物の複屈折率と繊維状、又は柱状ポリマーネットワークの屈折率を可能な限り近づけ光散乱を無くすとより好ましくなる。但し、ポリマー前駆体の濃度に液晶素子のリターデーションが影響されるので、適宜、必要なリターデーションが得られるように液晶組成物の複屈折率を増減させて使用することが好ましい。 Among these, parameters that can be controlled by the liquid crystal display element of the present invention are liquid crystal properties and anchoring force between polymers. Since the anchoring force largely depends on the molecular structure of the polymer and the molecular structure of the low-molecular liquid crystal, if a polymerizable compound having a strong anchoring force is selected, the response time can be shortened to 1.5 ms or less. At the same time, since the driving voltage increases to 30 V or higher, it is preferable to adjust the composition by appropriately selecting the liquid crystal compound and the polymerizable compound so that the driving voltage is 30 V or lower and the response speed is 1.5 ms or lower. . It is preferable to adjust the composition so that the driving voltage and the response speed are balanced by appropriately blending a polymer precursor having a strong anchoring force and a polymer precursor having a weak anchoring force. On the other hand, as the physical properties of the liquid crystal composition required for lowering the driving voltage, it is particularly preferable that the dielectric anisotropy is 6 or more for P-type liquid crystal and -3 or less for N-type liquid crystal. . The birefringence is preferably 0.09 or more. Furthermore, it is more preferable to make the birefringence of the liquid crystal composition and the refractive index of the fibrous or columnar polymer network as close as possible to eliminate light scattering. However, since the retardation of the liquid crystal element is affected by the concentration of the polymer precursor, it is preferable to use the liquid crystal composition with an increased or decreased birefringence so that the necessary retardation can be obtained.
本発明の高分子安定化液晶表示素子は、上述した液晶組成物を−50℃から30℃としながらエネルギー線を照射して、重合性化合物を重合して液晶組成物中に屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸方向を有するポリマーネットワーク形成して得られたものであることが好ましい。重合温度の上限は、30℃であり、20℃〜−10℃好ましい。実際に重合性化合物組成に依存して低温重合、及び常温重合により、τdが更に高速化することが分かっている。この理由は、1)低温により液晶分子の配向度が上昇した状態で重合すること、2)低温重合により重合したポリマーと液晶組成物との相溶性が下がることで相分離が容易になり、重合相分離速度が速まりポリマーネットワークの空隙間隔が微細になること、3)比較的アンカーリング力が低い重合性化合物を用いても空隙間隔が微細なため、アンカーリング力の影響力が強くなるような屈折率異方性ポリマーネットワークの形成等によるものと考えられる。 The polymer-stabilized liquid crystal display element of the present invention is irradiated with energy rays while the above-described liquid crystal composition is set to −50 ° C. to 30 ° C. to polymerize a polymerizable compound and have a refractive index anisotropy in the liquid crystal composition. Or it is preferable to be obtained by forming a polymer network having an orientation axis direction. The upper limit of the polymerization temperature is 30 ° C, preferably 20 ° C to -10 ° C. It has been found that τd is further accelerated by low temperature polymerization and room temperature polymerization depending on the polymerizable compound composition. This is because 1) the polymerization is performed in a state where the orientation degree of the liquid crystal molecules is increased at a low temperature, and 2) the phase separation is facilitated by reducing the compatibility between the polymer polymerized by the low temperature polymerization and the liquid crystal composition. The phase separation speed is increased and the gap distance of the polymer network becomes fine. 3) Even if a polymerizable compound having a relatively low anchoring force is used, the influence of the anchoring force seems to be strong because the gap gap is fine. This is thought to be due to the formation of a refractive index anisotropic polymer network.
更に、本発明の高分子安定化液晶表示素子は、一軸性の屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸方向を持つポリマーネットワーク又はポリマーバインダの光軸方向又は配向容易軸方向が透明基板に対してプレチルト角を成すように形成されたものであることが好ましく、電界の強さを調整して低分子液晶の配向制御行い、基板面に対して傾斜させることにより、上述した液晶層に電圧を印加しながらエネルギー線を照射することで、重合性化合物を高分子化せしめ、液晶組成物中の屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸方向を有する重合体を得てなる構成であることが好ましい。垂直配向のVAモードに於いては、基板法線方向に対してプレチルト角が20度以内になるように電圧を印加して重合させることにより、現行のVAモードセルの用いられているポルトリュージョン等やPSA液晶の微細なポリマー突起に相当する効果があるだけではなく、PSAでは実現できない高速応答を示すので特に好ましい。又、電界方向を複数の方向から印加して高分子化させることによりマルチドメインを形成させることができ、視野角向上が可能でより好ましくなる。更に、基板界面垂直配向膜界面に於いて低分子液晶がプレチルト角を誘起するように光配向処理やラビング配向処理等を該配向膜に施すことで低分子液晶配向の傾く方向が規定されスイッチング時の配向欠陥発生が抑制され好ましく、複数の方向へ傾くように該配向処理を施すとことも好ましい。前記液晶層は、重合性化合物を含有した液晶組成物に対し、適宜−50℃から30℃の温度範囲で交流電界を印加するとともに、紫外線もしくは電子線を照射することで、屈折率異方性を有するポリマーネットワークの光軸方向が基板面に対してプレチルト角を成すように液晶中に形成される。このプレチルト角は低分子液晶の誘電異方性により電界を印加することにより誘起された配向状態で重合相分離させると、重合後のポリマーネットワークの光軸を基板面に対して傾斜させた液晶素子を得ることができ、前記重合性化合物を高分子化せしめた構成であることがより好ましい。 Furthermore, the polymer-stabilized liquid crystal display device of the present invention is a polymer network or polymer binder having a uniaxial refractive index anisotropy or an orientation easy axis direction, and the optical axis direction or the orientation easy axis direction of the polymer binder is pretilt with respect to the transparent substrate. It is preferably formed to form a corner, and the orientation of the low-molecular liquid crystal is controlled by adjusting the strength of the electric field, and a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal layer described above by tilting it with respect to the substrate surface. However, it is preferable that the polymerizable compound be polymerized by irradiation with energy rays to obtain a polymer having a refractive index anisotropy or an orientation easy axis direction in the liquid crystal composition. In the vertically oriented VA mode, a voltage is applied so that the pretilt angle is within 20 degrees with respect to the normal direction of the substrate, and polymerization is carried out, whereby the portulsion used in the current VA mode cell is used. This is particularly preferable because it not only has an effect corresponding to the fine polymer protrusions of the PSA liquid crystal, but also exhibits a high-speed response that cannot be realized by PSA. In addition, by applying an electric field direction from a plurality of directions to form a polymer, a multi-domain can be formed, and a viewing angle can be improved, which is more preferable. Furthermore, the alignment direction of the low-molecular liquid crystal is regulated by applying photo-alignment treatment or rubbing alignment treatment to the low-molecular liquid crystal to induce a pretilt angle at the substrate interface vertical alignment film interface. The occurrence of orientation defects is preferably suppressed, and it is also preferable to perform the orientation treatment so as to incline in a plurality of directions. The liquid crystal layer is applied with an alternating electric field in a temperature range of −50 ° C. to 30 ° C. as appropriate to a liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable compound, and irradiated with ultraviolet rays or an electron beam, thereby providing refractive index anisotropy. Is formed in the liquid crystal so that the optical axis direction of the polymer network forms a pretilt angle with respect to the substrate surface. This pretilt angle is a liquid crystal element in which the polymer axis after polymerization is tilted with respect to the substrate surface when the polymer phase is separated in an alignment state induced by applying an electric field due to the dielectric anisotropy of the low-molecular liquid crystal It is more preferable that the polymerizable compound has a high molecular weight.
本発明の高分子安定化液晶表示素子に使用される2枚の基板はガラス又はプラスチックの如き柔軟性をもつ透明な材料を用いることができる。透明電極層を有する透明基板は、例えば、ガラス板等の透明基板上にインジウムスズオキシド(ITO)をスパッタリングすることにより得ることができる。 The two substrates used in the polymer-stabilized liquid crystal display element of the present invention can be made of a transparent material having flexibility such as glass or plastic. A transparent substrate having a transparent electrode layer can be obtained, for example, by sputtering indium tin oxide (ITO) on a transparent substrate such as a glass plate.
カラーフィルターは、例えば、顔料分散法、印刷法、電着法又は、染色法等によって作成することができる。顔料分散法によるカラーフィルターの作成方法を一例に説明すると、カラーフィルター用の硬化性着色組成物を、該透明基板上に塗布し、パターニング処理を施し、そして加熱又は光照射により硬化させる。この工程を、赤、緑、青の3色についてそれぞれ行うことで、カラーフィルター用の画素部を作成することができる。その他、該基板上に、TFT、薄膜ダイオード等の能動素子を設けた画素電極を設置してもよい。 The color filter can be prepared by, for example, a pigment dispersion method, a printing method, an electrodeposition method, or a dyeing method. A method for producing a color filter by a pigment dispersion method will be described as an example. A curable coloring composition for a color filter is applied on the transparent substrate, subjected to patterning treatment, and cured by heating or light irradiation. By performing this process for each of the three colors red, green, and blue, a pixel portion for a color filter can be created. In addition, a pixel electrode provided with an active element such as a TFT or a thin film diode may be provided on the substrate.
前記基板を、透明電極層が内側となるように対向させる。その際、スペーサーを介して、基板の間隔を調整してもよい。このときは、得られる調光層の厚さが1〜100μmとなるように調整するのが好ましい。1.5から10μmが更に好ましく、偏光板を使用する場合は、コントラストが最大になるように液晶の屈折率異方性Δnとセル厚dとの積を調整して表示モードにより550nmの1/2、又は1/4になるようにすることが好ましい。又、二枚の偏光板がある場合は、各偏光板の偏光軸を調整して視野角やコントラトが良好になるように調整することもできる。更に、視野角を広げるための位相差フィルムも使用することもできる。スペーサーとしては、例えば、ガラス粒子、プラスチック粒子、アルミナ粒子、フォトレジスト材料などからなる柱状スペーサー等が挙げられる。その後、エポキシ系熱硬化性組成物等のシール剤を、液晶注入口を設けた形で該基板にスクリーン印刷し、該基板同士を貼り合わせ、加熱しシール剤を熱硬化させる。 The said board | substrate is made to oppose so that a transparent electrode layer may become an inner side. In that case, you may adjust the space | interval of a board | substrate through a spacer. At this time, it is preferable to adjust so that the thickness of the light control layer obtained may be set to 1-100 micrometers. 1.5 to 10 μm is more preferable. When a polarizing plate is used, the product of the refractive index anisotropy Δn of the liquid crystal and the cell thickness d is adjusted so that the contrast is maximized, and 1/550 nm is reduced depending on the display mode. It is preferable to make it 2 or 1/4. In addition, when there are two polarizing plates, the polarizing axis of each polarizing plate can be adjusted so that the viewing angle and contrast are good. Furthermore, a retardation film for widening the viewing angle can also be used. Examples of the spacer include columnar spacers made of glass particles, plastic particles, alumina particles, a photoresist material, and the like. Thereafter, a sealant such as an epoxy thermosetting composition is screen-printed on the substrates with a liquid crystal inlet provided, the substrates are bonded together, and heated to thermally cure the sealant.
2枚の基板間に重合性液晶組成物を狭持させる方法は、通常の真空注入法又はODF法などを用いることができる。ODF法の液晶表示素子製造工程においては、バックプレーンまたはフロントプレーンのどちらか一方の基板にエポキシ系光熱併用硬化性などのシール剤を、ディスペンサーを用いて閉ループ土手状に描画し、その中に脱気下で所定量の重合性液晶組成物を滴下後、フロントプレーンとバックプレーンを接合することによって液晶表示素子を製造することができる。本発明に用いられる重合性液晶組成物は、ODF工程における液晶・モノマー複合材料の滴下が安定的に行えるため、好適に使用することができる。 As a method for sandwiching the polymerizable liquid crystal composition between two substrates, a normal vacuum injection method, an ODF method, or the like can be used. In the ODF liquid crystal display device manufacturing process, a sealant such as epoxy photothermal curing is drawn on a backplane or frontplane substrate using a dispenser in a closed-loop bank shape, and then removed. A liquid crystal display element can be produced by bonding a front plane and a back plane after dropping a predetermined amount of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition under air. The polymerizable liquid crystal composition used in the present invention can be suitably used because the liquid crystal / monomer composite material can be stably dropped in the ODF process.
重合性化合物を重合させる方法としては、液晶の良好な配向性能を得るためには、適度な重合速度が望ましいので、活性エネルギー線である紫外線又は電子線を単一又は併用又は順番に照射することによって重合させる方法が好ましい。紫外線を使用する場合、偏光光源を用いても良いし、非偏光光源を用いても良い。また、重合性液晶組成物を2枚の基板間に挟持させて状態で重合を行う場合には、少なくとも照射面側の基板は活性エネルギー線に対して適当な透明性が与えられていなければならない。また、重合性化合物を含有した液晶組成物に対し、重合性液晶組成物を−50℃から20℃の温度範囲で交流電界を印加するとともに、紫外線もしくは電子線を照射することが好ましい。印加する交流電界は、周波数10Hzから10kHzの交流が好ましく、周波数100Hzから5kHzがより好ましく、電圧は液晶表示素子の所望のプレチルト角に依存して選ばれる。つまり、印加する電圧により液晶表示素子のプレチルト角を制御することができる。横電界型MVAモードの液晶表示素子においては、配向安定性及びコントラストの観点からプレチルト角を80度から89.9度に制御することが好ましい。 As a method for polymerizing a polymerizable compound, an appropriate polymerization rate is desirable in order to obtain good alignment performance of liquid crystals. Therefore, ultraviolet rays or electron beams, which are active energy rays, are irradiated singly or in combination or sequentially. The method of polymerizing by is preferred. When ultraviolet rays are used, a polarized light source or a non-polarized light source may be used. In addition, when polymerization is performed in a state where the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is sandwiched between two substrates, at least the substrate on the irradiation surface side must be given appropriate transparency to the active energy rays. . In addition, it is preferable to apply an alternating electric field to the polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing the polymerizable compound in a temperature range of −50 ° C. to 20 ° C. and irradiate ultraviolet rays or electron beams. The alternating electric field to be applied is preferably an alternating current having a frequency of 10 Hz to 10 kHz, more preferably a frequency of 100 Hz to 5 kHz, and the voltage is selected depending on a desired pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element. That is, the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element can be controlled by the applied voltage. In a horizontal electric field type MVA mode liquid crystal display element, the pretilt angle is preferably controlled from 80 degrees to 89.9 degrees from the viewpoint of alignment stability and contrast.
照射時の温度は、重合性液晶組成物が−50℃から30℃の温度範囲であることが好ましい。紫外線を発生させるランプとしては、メタルハライドランプ、高圧水銀ランプ、超高圧水銀ランプ等を用いることができる。また、照射する紫外線の波長としては、液晶組成物の吸収波長域でない波長領域の紫外線を照射することが好ましく、必要に応じて、365nm未満の紫外線をカットして使用することが好ましい。照射する紫外線の強度は、0.1mW/cm2〜100W/cm2が好ましく、2mW/cm2〜50W/cm2がより好ましい。照射する紫外線のエネルギー量は、適宜調整することができるが、10mJ/cm2から500J/cm2が好ましく、100mJ/cm2から200J/cm2がより好ましい。紫外線を照射する際に、強度を変化させても良い。紫外線を照射する時間は照射する紫外線強度により適宜選択されるが、10秒から3600秒が好ましく、10秒から600秒がより好ましい。
<位相差板等用重合性液晶組成物>
本願発明の一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物は、他の数種類の重合性(液晶)化合物と混ぜ合わせて重合性液晶組成物とした後、液晶状態で配列させて重合させることにより均一な配向を有するフィルム状の重合体を作製することができ、これを偏光板や位相差板(光学異方体)等に使用することができる。このような光学異方体の作製について以下に述べる。本願発明の一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物と混ぜ合わせる他の重合性液晶化合物としては、以下の一般式で表される化合物が挙げられる。
(単官能重合性液晶化合物)
分子内に1個の重合性官能基を有する重合性液晶化合物(II)として、下記一般式(II−1)で表される化合物が好ましい。As for the temperature at the time of irradiation, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition preferably has a temperature range of -50 ° C to 30 ° C. As a lamp for generating ultraviolet rays, a metal halide lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, or the like can be used. Moreover, as a wavelength of the ultraviolet rays to be irradiated, it is preferable to irradiate ultraviolet rays in a wavelength region other than the absorption wavelength region of the liquid crystal composition, and it is preferable to cut and use ultraviolet rays of less than 365 nm as necessary. Intensity of ultraviolet irradiation is preferably from 0.1mW / cm 2 ~100W / cm 2 , 2mW / cm 2 ~50W / cm 2 is more preferable. The amount of energy of ultraviolet rays to be irradiated can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 500 J / cm 2, and more preferably 100 mJ / cm 2 to 200 J / cm 2 . When irradiating with ultraviolet rays, the intensity may be changed. The time for irradiating with ultraviolet rays is appropriately selected depending on the intensity of the irradiating ultraviolet rays.
<Polymerizable liquid crystal composition for retardation plate>
The polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention is mixed with several other polymerizable (liquid crystal) compounds to form a polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and then aligned and polymerized in a liquid crystal state. A film-like polymer having a uniform orientation can be produced, and this can be used for a polarizing plate, a phase difference plate (optical anisotropic body) and the like. The production of such an optical anisotropic body will be described below. Other polymerizable liquid crystal compounds to be mixed with the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention include compounds represented by the following general formula.
(Monofunctional polymerizable liquid crystal compound)
As the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (II) having one polymerizable functional group in the molecule, a compound represented by the following general formula (II-1) is preferable.
(式中、P2は重合性官能基を表し、S1は炭素原子数1〜18のアルキレン基を表し、該アルキレン基中の1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−、−COO−、−OCO−又は−OCO−O−によって置換されても良く、該アルキレン基の有する1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又はCN基によって置換されても良く、X1は−O−、−S−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−CO−S−、−S−CO−、−O−CO−O−、−CO−NH−、−NH−CO−、−SCH2−、−CH2S−、−CF2O−、−OCF2−、−CF2S−、−SCF2−、−CH=CH−COO−、−CH=CH−OCO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCO−CH=CH−、−COO−CH2CH2−、−OCO−CH2CH2−、−CH2CH2−COO−、−CH2CH2−OCO−、−COO−CH2−、−OCO−CH2−、−CH2−COO−、−CH2−OCO−、−CH=CH−、−N=N−、−CH=N−N=CH−、−CF=CF−、−C≡C−又は単結合を表し(ただし、P2−S1、及びS1−X1は、−O−O−、−O−NH−、−S−S−及び−O−S−基を含まない。)、q1は0又は1を表し、MGはメソゲン基を表し、R21は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、炭素原子数1から12の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基、炭素原子数1から12の直鎖又は分岐アルケニル基を表し、該アルキル基及びアルケニル基中の1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−、−S−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−CO−S−、−S−CO−、−O−CO−O−、−CO−NH−、−NH−CO−、−NH−、−N(CH3)−、−CH=CH−COO−、−CH=CH−OCO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCO−CH=CH−、−CH=CH−、−CF=CF−又は−C≡C−によって置換されても良く、該アルキル基及び該アルケニル基の有する1個又は2個以上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子又はシアノ基によって置換されても良く、複数置換されている場合それぞれ同一であっても、異なっていても良い。ただし、上記一般式(I)で表される化合物を除く。)
ここで、P2は、下記の式(P−2−1)から式(P−2−20)で表される重合性基から選ばれる置換基を表すのが好ましい。(Wherein P 2 represents a polymerizable functional group, S 1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, one —CH 2 — in the alkylene group or two or more non-adjacent ones. -CH 2 - are each independently -O -, - COO -, - it may be substituted OCO- or by --OCO-O-, 1 or 2 or more hydrogen atoms possessed by the alkylene group, halogen X 1 may be substituted by an atom or a CN group, and X 1 may be —O—, —S—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—S—. , -S-CO -, - O -CO-O -, - CO-NH -, - NH-CO -, - SCH 2 -, - CH 2 S -, - CF 2 O -, - OCF 2 -, - CF 2 S -, - SCF 2 -, - CH = CH-COO -, - CH = CH-OCO -, - COO-CH = H -, - OCO-CH = CH -, - COO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO -, - COO- CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 -, - CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 -OCO -, - CH = CH -, - N = N -, - CH = N-N = CH -, - CF = CF—, —C≡C— or a single bond (where P 2 —S 1 and S 1 —X 1 are —O—O—, —O—NH—, —S—S— and —O) -S- group is not included.), Q1 represents 0 or 1, MG represents a mesogenic group, R 21 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Group represents a straight-chain or branched alkenyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, one of the alkyl group and alkenyl group CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - are each independently -O -, - S -, - CO -, - COO -, - OCO -, - CO-S -, - S- CO -, - O-COO - , - CO-NH -, - NH-CO -, - NH -, - N (CH 3) -, - CH = CH-COO -, - CH = CH-OCO- , —COO—CH═CH—, —OCO—CH═CH—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF—, or —C≡C—, which are substituted on the alkyl group and the alkenyl group. One or two or more hydrogen atoms may be independently substituted with a halogen atom or a cyano group, and when a plurality of hydrogen atoms are substituted, they may be the same or different. However, the compound represented by the above general formula (I) is excluded. )
Here, P 2 preferably represents a substituent selected from a polymerizable group represented by the following formula (P-2-1) to formula (P-2-20).
これらの重合性官能基のうち、重合性を高める観点から、式(P−2−1)、(P−2−2)、(P−2−7)、(P−2−12)、(P−2−13)が好ましく、式(P−2−1)、(P−2−2)がより好ましい。 Among these polymerizable functional groups, from the viewpoint of increasing the polymerizability, the formulas (P-2-1), (P-2-2), (P-2-7), (P-2-12), ( P-2-13) is preferable, and formulas (P-2-1) and (P-2-2) are more preferable.
また、S1は炭素原子数1〜15のアルキレン基を表すことが好ましく、該アルキレン基中の1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−、−COO−、−OCO−又は−OCO−O−によって置換されても良く、該アルキレン基の有する1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又はCN基によって置換されても良く、S1は炭素原子数1〜12のアルキレン基を表すことがより好ましく、該アルキレン基中の1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−、−COO−、−OCO−又は−OCO−O−によって置換されても良い。Further, S 1 is preferably represents an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, one -CH 2 in the alkylene group - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - are each independently -O-, -COO-, -OCO- or -OCO-O- may be substituted, and one or more hydrogen atoms of the alkylene group may be substituted by a halogen atom or a CN group. good, S 1 is more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, one -CH 2 in the alkylene group - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - are each independently And may be substituted by -O-, -COO-, -OCO- or -OCO-O-.
X1は−O−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−O−CO−O−、−CO−NH−、−NH−CO−、−CF2O−、−OCF2−、−CH=CH−COO−、−CH=CH−OCO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCO−CH=CH−、−COO−CH2CH2−、−OCO−CH2CH2−、−CH2CH2−COO−、−CH2CH2−OCO−、−COO−CH2−、−OCO−CH2−、−CH2−COO−、−CH2−OCO−、−CH=CH−、−N=N−、−CH=N−N=CH−、−CF=CF−、−C≡C−又は単結合を表すことが好ましく、X1は−O−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−O−CO−O−、−CF2O−、−OCF2−、−CH=CH−COO−、−CH=CH−OCO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCO−CH=CH−、−COO−CH2CH2−、−OCO−CH2CH2−、−CH2CH2−COO−、−CH2CH2−OCO−、−COO−CH2−、−OCO−CH2−、−CH2−COO−、−CH2−OCO−、−CH=CH−、−CF=CF−、−C≡C−又は単結合を表すことがより好ましい。
MGはメソゲン基を表し、一般式(II−b)X 1 represents —O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —O—CO—O—, —CO—NH—, —NH—CO—, -CF 2 O -, - OCF 2 -, - CH = CH-COO -, - CH = CH-OCO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCO-CH = CH -, - COO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO -, - COO-CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 -, - CH 2 -COO-, It preferably represents —CH 2 —OCO—, —CH═CH—, —N═N—, —CH═N—N═CH—, —CF═CF—, —C≡C— or a single bond. 1 -O -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - CO -, - COO -, - OCO -, - OCO-O -, - F 2 O -, - OCF 2 -, - CH = CH-COO -, - CH = CH-OCO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCO-CH = CH -, - COO-CH 2 CH 2 - , -OCO-CH 2 CH 2 - , - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO -, - COO-CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 -, - CH 2 -COO -, - More preferably, it represents CH 2 —OCO—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF—, —C≡C— or a single bond.
MG represents a mesogenic group and has the general formula (II-b)
(式中、B1、B2及びB3はそれぞれ独立的に、1,4−フェニレン基、1,4−シクロヘキシレン基、1,4−シクロヘキセニル基、テトラヒドロピラン−2,5−ジイル基、テトラヒドロチオピラン−2,5−ジイル基、1,4−ビシクロ(2,2,2)オクチレン基、デカヒドロナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基、ピリジン−2,5−ジイル基、ピリミジン−2,5−ジイル基、ピラジン−2,5−ジイル基、チオフェン−2,5−ジイル基−、1,2,3,4−テトラヒドロナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基、2,6−ナフチレン基、フェナントレン−2,7−ジイル基、9,10−ジヒドロフェナントレン−2,7−ジイル基、1,2,3,4,4a,9,10a−オクタヒドロフェナントレン−2,7−ジイル基、1,4−ナフチレン基、ベンゾ[1,2−b:4,5−b‘]ジチオフェン−2,6−ジイル基、ベンゾ[1,2−b:4,5−b‘]ジセレノフェン−2,6−ジイル基、[1]ベンゾチエノ[3,2−b]チオフェン−2,7−ジイル基、[1]ベンゾセレノフェノ[3,2−b]セレノフェン−2,7−ジイル基、又はフルオレン−2,7−ジイル基を表し、置換基として1個以上のF、Cl、CF3、OCF3、CN基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルキル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルカノイル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルカノイルオキシ基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシカルボニル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニルオキシ基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケノイル基、及び/又は、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケノイルオキシ基を有していても良く、Z1及びZ2はそれぞれ独立して、−COO−、−OCO−、−CH2CH2−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−CH=CH−、−C≡C−、−CH=CHCOO−、−OCOCH=CH−、−CH2CH2COO−、−CH2CH2OCO−、−COOCH2CH2−、−OCOCH2CH2−、−C=N−、−N=C−、−CONH−、−NHCO−、−C(CF3)2−、ハロゲン原子を有してもよい炭素原子数2〜10のアルキル基又は単結合を表し、r1は0、1、2又は3を表し、B1及びZ1が複数存在する場合は、それぞれ、同一であっても、異なっていても良い。)で表される。このうち、B1、B2及びB3はそれぞれ独立的に、1,4−フェニレン基、1,4−シクロヘキシレン基、2,6−ナフチレン基を表すことが好ましい。(In the formula, B1, B2 and B3 are each independently 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenyl group, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl group, tetrahydrothio group, Pyran-2,5-diyl group, 1,4-bicyclo (2,2,2) octylene group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, pyridine-2,5-diyl group, pyrimidine-2,5- Diyl group, pyrazine-2,5-diyl group, thiophene-2,5-diyl group-, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 2,6-naphthylene group, phenanthrene-2 , 7-diyl group, 9,10-dihydrophenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, 1,2,3,4,4a, 9,10a-octahydrophenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, 1,4-naphthyl Benzo [1,2-b: 4,5-b ′] dithiophene-2,6-diyl group, benzo [1,2-b: 4,5-b ′] diselenophen-2,6-diyl group , [1] benzothieno [3,2-b] thiophene-2,7-diyl group, [1] benzoselenopheno [3,2-b] selenophene-2,7-diyl group, or fluorene-2,7- Represents a diyl group, and as a substituent, one or more F, Cl, CF 3 , OCF 3 , CN group, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, 1 to 1 carbon atom An alkanoyl group having 8 carbon atoms, an alkanoyloxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carbon atom An alkenoyl group of 2 to 8 and / or May have a alkenoyloxy group of atom number 2-8, the Z1 and Z2 each independently, -COO -, - OCO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CHCOO—, —OCOCH═CH—, —CH 2 CH 2 COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 OCO—, —COOCH 2 CH 2 — , —OCOCH 2 CH 2 —, —C═N—, —N═C—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, the number of carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom is 2 10 represents an alkyl group or a single bond, r1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and when a plurality of B1 and Z1 are present, they may be the same or different. The Among these, it is preferable that B1, B2, and B3 each independently represent a 1,4-phenylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, or a 2,6-naphthylene group.
R21は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、炭素原子数1から8の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基、炭素原子数1から8の直鎖又は分岐アルケニル基を表すことがより好ましく、該アルキル基及びアルケニル基中の1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−O−CO−O−、−CH=CH−COO−、−CH=CH−OCO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCO−CH=CH−、−CH=CH−、又は−C≡C−によって置換されても良く、該アルキル基及び該アルケニル基の有する1個又は2個以上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子又はシアノ基によって置換されても良く、複数置換されている場合それぞれ同一であっても、異なっていても良い。
一般式(II−1)の例として、下記一般式(II−1−1)〜(II−1−4)で表される化合物を挙げることができるが、下記の一般式に限定されるわけではない。R 21 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkenyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group And one —CH 2 — in the alkenyl group or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — are each independently —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —O—CO. Replaced by -O-, -CH = CH-COO-, -CH = CH-OCO-, -COO-CH = CH-, -OCO-CH = CH-, -CH = CH-, or -C≡C- One or two or more hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group and the alkenyl group may be independently substituted with a halogen atom or a cyano group. Even if it ’s different, Good.
Examples of the general formula (II-1) include compounds represented by the following general formulas (II-1-1) to (II-1-4), but are not limited to the following general formulas. is not.
式中、P2、S1、X1、q1、及び、R21は、それぞれ、上記一般式(II−1)の定義と同じものを表し、
B11、B12、B13、B2、B3は、上記一般式(II−b)のB1〜B3の定義と同じものを表し、それぞれ、同一であっても、異なっていても良く、
Z11、Z12、Z13、Z2は、上記一般式(II−b)のZ1〜Z3の定義と同じものを表し、それぞれ、同一であっても、異なっていても良く、
上記一般式(II−1−1)〜(II−1−4)で表される化合物としては、以下の式(II−1−1−1)〜式(II−1−1−26)で表される化合物を例示されるが、これらに限定される訳ではない。In the formula, each of P 2 , S 1 , X 1 , q 1 , and R 21 represents the same definition as in the general formula (II-1),
B11, B12, B13, B2, and B3 represent the same definitions as B1 to B3 in the general formula (II-b), and may be the same or different,
Z11, Z12, Z13 and Z2 represent the same definitions as Z1 to Z3 in the general formula (II-b), and may be the same or different,
The compounds represented by the general formulas (II-1-1) to (II-1-4) are represented by the following formulas (II-1-1-1) to (II-1-1-26). The compounds represented are exemplified, but not limited thereto.
式中、Rcは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、mは0〜18の整数を表し、nは0又は1を表し、R21は、上記一般式(II−1)の定義と同じものを表すが、R21は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、1個の−CH2−が−O−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、によって置換されても良い、炭素原子数1から6の直鎖アルキル基又は炭素原子数1から6の直鎖アルケニル基を表すことが好ましく、
上記環状基は、置換基として1個以上のF、Cl、CF3、OCF3、CN基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルキル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルカノイル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルカノイルオキシ基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシカルボニル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニルオキシ基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケノイル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケノイルオキシ基を有していても良い。In the formula, R c represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, m represents an integer of 0 to 18, n represents 0 or 1, and R 21 has the same definition as in the general formula (II-1). R 21 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, one —CH 2 — in which one —CH 2 — may be substituted by —O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—. It preferably represents a linear alkyl group of 1 to 6 or a linear alkenyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms,
The cyclic group has one or more F, Cl, CF 3 , OCF 3 , CN groups, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and 1 to 1 carbon atoms as a substituent. An alkanoyl group having 8 carbon atoms, an alkanoyloxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carbon atom The alkenoyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms and the alkenoyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms may be contained.
分子内に1個の重合性官能基を有する重合性液晶化合物の合計含有量は、用いる重合性液晶化合物の合計量のうち、0〜90質量%含有することが好ましく、0〜85質量%含有することがより好ましく、0〜80質量%含有することが特に好ましい。
(2官能重合性液晶化合物)
分子内に2個の重合性官能基を有する重合性液晶化合物(III)として、下記一般式(III−1)で表される化合物が好ましい。The total content of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound having one polymerizable functional group in the molecule is preferably 0 to 90% by mass and preferably 0 to 85% by mass in the total amount of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound to be used. It is more preferable to contain, and it is especially preferable to contain 0-80 mass%.
(Bifunctional polymerizable liquid crystal compound)
As the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (III) having two polymerizable functional groups in the molecule, a compound represented by the following general formula (III-1) is preferable.
(式中、P2及びP3はそれぞれ独立して、重合性官能基を表し、S1及びS2はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1〜18のアルキレン基を表し、該アルキレン基中の1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−、−COO−、−OCO−又は−OCO−O−によって置換されても良く、該アルキレン基の有する1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又はCN基によって置換されても良く、X1及びX2はそれぞれ独立して、−O−、−S−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−CO−S−、−S−CO−、−O−CO−O−、−CO−NH−、−NH−CO−、−SCH2−、−CH2S−、−CF2O−、−OCF2−、−CF2S−、−SCF2−、−CH=CH−COO−、−CH=CH−OCO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCO−CH=CH−、−COO−CH2CH2−、−OCO−CH2CH2−、−CH2CH2−COO−、−CH2CH2−OCO−、−COO−CH2−、−OCO−CH2−、−CH2−COO−、−CH2−OCO−、−CH=CH−、−N=N−、−CH=N−N=CH−、−CF=CF−、−C≡C−又は単結合を表し(ただし、P2−S1、P3−S2、S1−X1及びS2−X2は、−O−O−、−O−NH−、−S−S−及び−O−S−基を含まない。)、q1及びq2はそれぞれ独立して、0又は1を表し、MGはメソゲン基を表す。)
ここで、P2及びP3はそれぞれ独立して、下記の式(P−2−1)から式(P−2−20)で表される重合性基から選ばれる置換基を表すのが好ましい。(In the formula, P 2 and P 3 each independently represent a polymerizable functional group, S 1 and S 2 each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, One —CH 2 — or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — may each independently be replaced by —O—, —COO—, —OCO— or —OCO—O—, One or more hydrogen atoms of the alkylene group may be substituted with a halogen atom or a CN group, and X 1 and X 2 are each independently —O—, —S—, —OCH 2 —. , —CH 2 O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—S—, —S—CO—, —O—CO—O—, —CO—NH—, —NH—CO—. , -SCH 2 -, - CH 2 S -, - CF 2 O -, - OCF 2 -, - CF 2 S-, SCF 2 -, - CH = CH -COO -, - CH = CH-OCO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCO-CH = CH -, - COO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO -, - COO-CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 -, - CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 -OCO-, —CH═CH—, —N═N—, —CH═N—N═CH—, —CF═CF—, —C≡C— or a single bond (wherein P 2 —S 1 , P 3 — S 2 , S 1 -X 1 and S 2 -X 2 do not include —O—O—, —O—NH—, —S—S— and —O—S— groups.), Q 1 and q 2 are Each independently represents 0 or 1, and MG represents a mesogenic group.)
Here, P 2 and P 3 each independently preferably represent a substituent selected from a polymerizable group represented by the following formula (P-2-1) to formula (P-2-20). .
これらの重合性官能基のうち、重合性を高める観点から、式(P−2−1)、(P−2−2)、(P−2−7)、(P−2−12)、(P−2−13)が好ましく、式(P−2−1)、(P−2−2)がより好ましい。 Among these polymerizable functional groups, from the viewpoint of increasing the polymerizability, the formulas (P-2-1), (P-2-2), (P-2-7), (P-2-12), ( P-2-13) is preferable, and formulas (P-2-1) and (P-2-2) are more preferable.
また、S1及びS2はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1〜15のアルキレン基を表すことが好ましく、該アルキレン基中の1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−、−COO−、−OCO−又は−OCO−O−によって置換されても良く、該アルキレン基の有する1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又はCN基によって置換されても良く、S1及びS2はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1〜12のアルキレン基を表すことがより好ましく、該アルキレン基中の1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−、−COO−、−OCO−又は−OCO−O−によって置換されても良い。S 1 and S 2 each independently preferably represent an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and one —CH 2 — in the alkylene group or two or more non-adjacent — CH 2 — may be independently substituted with —O—, —COO—, —OCO— or —OCO—O—, and one or more hydrogen atoms of the alkylene group may be a halogen atom. Or may be substituted by a CN group, and S 1 and S 2 each independently preferably represents an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one —CH 2 — or Two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — may be each independently substituted with —O—, —COO—, —OCO— or —OCO—O—.
X1及びX2はそれぞれ独立して、−O−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−O−CO−O−、−CO−NH−、−NH−CO−、−CF2O−、−OCF2−、−CH=CH−COO−、−CH=CH−OCO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCO−CH=CH−、−COO−CH2CH2−、−OCO−CH2CH2−、−CH2CH2−COO−、−CH2CH2−OCO−、−COO−CH2−、−OCO−CH2−、−CH2−COO−、−CH2−OCO−、−CH=CH−、−N=N−、−CH=N−N=CH−、−CF=CF−、−C≡C−又は単結合を表すことが好ましく、X1及びX2はそれぞれ独立して、−O−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−O−CO−O−、−CF2O−、−OCF2−、−CH=CH−COO−、−CH=CH−OCO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCO−CH=CH−、−COO−CH2CH2−、−OCO−CH2CH2−、−CH2CH2−COO−、−CH2CH2−OCO−、−COO−CH2−、−OCO−CH2−、−CH2−COO−、−CH2−OCO−、−CH=CH−、−CF=CF−、−C≡C−又は単結合を表すことがより好ましい。
MGはメソゲン基を表し、一般式(III−b)X 1 and X 2 are each independently —O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —O—CO—O—, —CO—NH. -, - NH-CO -, - CF 2 O -, - OCF 2 -, - CH = CH-COO -, - CH = CH-OCO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCO-CH = CH- , —COO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 — , -CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 -OCO -, - CH = CH -, - N = N -, - CH = N-N = CH -, - CF = CF -, - C≡C- or a single It is preferable to represent a bond, and X 1 and X 2 are each independently —O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, — CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —O—CO—O—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH═CH—COO—, —CH═CH—OCO—, —COO—CH = CH -, - OCO-CH = CH -, - COO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO -, - COO -CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 -, - CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 -OCO -, - CH = CH -, - CF = CF -, - C≡C- or may represent a single bond More preferred.
MG represents a mesogenic group and has the general formula (III-b)
(式中、B1、B2及びB3はそれぞれ独立的に、1,4−フェニレン基、1,4−シクロヘキシレン基、1,4−シクロヘキセニル基、テトラヒドロピラン−2,5−ジイル基、テトラヒドロチオピラン−2,5−ジイル基、1,4−ビシクロ(2,2,2)オクチレン基、デカヒドロナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基、ピリジン−2,5−ジイル基、ピリミジン−2,5−ジイル基、ピラジン−2,5−ジイル基、チオフェン−2,5−ジイル基−、1,2,3,4−テトラヒドロナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基、2,6−ナフチレン基、フェナントレン−2,7−ジイル基、9,10−ジヒドロフェナントレン−2,7−ジイル基、1,2,3,4,4a,9,10a−オクタヒドロフェナントレン−2,7−ジイル基、1,4−ナフチレン基、ベンゾ[1,2−b:4,5−b‘]ジチオフェン−2,6−ジイル基、ベンゾ[1,2−b:4,5−b‘]ジセレノフェン−2,6−ジイル基、[1]ベンゾチエノ[3,2−b]チオフェン−2,7−ジイル基、[1]ベンゾセレノフェノ[3,2−b]セレノフェン−2,7−ジイル基、又はフルオレン−2,7−ジイル基を表し、置換基として1個以上のF、Cl、CF3、OCF3、CN基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルキル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルカノイル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルカノイルオキシ基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシカルボニル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニルオキシ基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケノイル基、及び/又は、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケノイルオキシ基を有していても良く、Z1及びZ2はそれぞれ独立して、−COO−、−OCO−、−CH2CH2−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−CH=CH−、−C≡C−、−CH=CHCOO−、−OCOCH=CH−、−CH2CH2COO−、−CH2CH2OCO−、−COOCH2CH2−、−OCOCH2CH2−、−C=N−、−N=C−、−CONH−、−NHCO−、−C(CF3)2−、ハロゲン原子を有してもよい炭素原子数2〜10のアルキル基又は単結合を表し、r1は0、1、2又は3を表し、B1及びZ1が複数存在する場合は、それぞれ、同一であっても、異なっていても良い。)で表される。このうち、B1、B2及びB3はそれぞれ独立的に、1,4−フェニレン基、1,4−シクロヘキシレン基、2,6−ナフチレン基を表すことが好ましい。(In the formula, B1, B2 and B3 are each independently 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenyl group, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl group, tetrahydrothio group, Pyran-2,5-diyl group, 1,4-bicyclo (2,2,2) octylene group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, pyridine-2,5-diyl group, pyrimidine-2,5- Diyl group, pyrazine-2,5-diyl group, thiophene-2,5-diyl group-, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 2,6-naphthylene group, phenanthrene-2 , 7-diyl group, 9,10-dihydrophenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, 1,2,3,4,4a, 9,10a-octahydrophenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, 1,4-naphthyl Benzo [1,2-b: 4,5-b ′] dithiophene-2,6-diyl group, benzo [1,2-b: 4,5-b ′] diselenophen-2,6-diyl group , [1] benzothieno [3,2-b] thiophene-2,7-diyl group, [1] benzoselenopheno [3,2-b] selenophene-2,7-diyl group, or fluorene-2,7- Represents a diyl group, and as a substituent, one or more F, Cl, CF 3 , OCF 3 , CN group, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, 1 to 1 carbon atom An alkanoyl group having 8 carbon atoms, an alkanoyloxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carbon atom An alkenoyl group of 2 to 8 and / or May have a alkenoyloxy group of atom number 2-8, the Z1 and Z2 each independently, -COO -, - OCO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CHCOO—, —OCOCH═CH—, —CH 2 CH 2 COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 OCO—, —COOCH 2 CH 2 — , —OCOCH 2 CH 2 —, —C═N—, —N═C—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, the number of carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom is 2 10 represents an alkyl group or a single bond, r1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and when a plurality of B1 and Z1 are present, they may be the same or different. The Among these, it is preferable that B1, B2, and B3 each independently represent a 1,4-phenylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, or a 2,6-naphthylene group.
一般式(III−1)の例として、下記一般式(III−1−1)〜(III−1−4)で表される化合物を挙げることができるが、下記の一般式に限定されるわけではない。 Examples of the general formula (III-1) include compounds represented by the following general formulas (III-1-1) to (III-1-4), but are not limited to the following general formulas. is not.
式中、P2、S1、X1、q1、X2、S2、q2、P3は、それぞれ、上記一般式(III−1)の定義と同じものを表し、
B11とB12とB13、B2、B3は、上記一般式(III−b)のB1〜B3の定義と同じものを表し、それぞれ、同一であっても、異なっていても良く、
Z11とZ12とZ13、Z2は、それぞれ、上記一般式(III−b)のZ1、Z2の定義と同じものを表し、それぞれ、同一であっても、異なっていても良い。In the formula, P 2 , S 1 , X 1 , q 1 , X 2 , S 2 , q 2 , and P 3 each represent the same definition as in the general formula (III-1),
B11, B12, B13, B2, and B3 represent the same definitions as B1 to B3 in the general formula (III-b), and may be the same or different,
Z11, Z12, Z13, and Z2 represent the same definitions as Z1 and Z2 in the general formula (III-b), respectively, and may be the same or different.
上記一般式(III−1−1)〜(III−1−4)で表される化合物のうち、一般式(III−1−2)〜(III−1−4)で表される、化合物中に3つ以上の環構造を有する化合物を用いると、得られる光学異方体の配向性が良好で、かつ硬化性も良好であるため好ましく、化合物中に3つの環構造を有する一般式(III−1−2)で表される化合物を用いることが特に好ましい。 Among the compounds represented by the general formulas (III-1-1) to (III-1-4), in the compounds represented by the general formulas (III-1-2) to (III-1-4) It is preferable to use a compound having three or more ring structures because the orientation of the obtained optical anisotropic body is good and the curability is good, and the compound represented by formula (III) having three ring structures in the compound is preferable. It is particularly preferable to use a compound represented by -1-2).
上記一般式(III−1−1)〜(III−1−4)で表される化合物としては、以下の式(III−1−1−1)〜式(III−1−1−21)で表される化合物を例示されるが、これらに限定される訳ではない。 The compounds represented by the general formulas (III-1-1) to (III-1-4) are represented by the following formulas (III-1-1-1) to (III-1-1-21). The compounds represented are exemplified, but not limited thereto.
式中、Rd及びReは、それぞれ独立して水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
上記環状基は、置換基として1個以上のF、Cl、CF3、OCF3、CN基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルキル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルカノイル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルカノイルオキシ基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシカルボニル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニルオキシ基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケノイル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケノイルオキシ基を有していても良く、
m1、m2は、それぞれ独立して0〜18の整数を表し、n1、n2、n3、n4はそれぞれ独立して0又は1を表す。In the formula, R d and R e each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
The cyclic group has one or more F, Cl, CF 3 , OCF 3 , CN groups, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and 1 to 1 carbon atoms as a substituent. An alkanoyl group having 8 carbon atoms, an alkanoyloxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carbon atom It may have an alkenoyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkenoyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms,
m1 and m2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 18, and n1, n2, n3, and n4 each independently represent 0 or 1.
2つの重合性官能基を有する液晶化合物は、1種又は2種以上用いることができるが、1種〜5種が好ましく、2種〜5種がより好ましい。 The liquid crystal compound having two polymerizable functional groups can be used alone or in combination of two or more, but preferably 1 to 5 types, more preferably 2 to 5 types.
分子内に2個の重合性官能基を有する重合性液晶化合物の合計含有量は、用いる重合性液晶化合物の合計量のうち、10〜90質量%含有することが好ましく、15〜85質量%含有することがより好ましく20〜80質量%含有することが特に好ましい。
(多官能重合性液晶化合物)
分子内に3つ以上の重合性官能基を有する多官能重合性液晶化合物としては、3つの重合性官能基を有する化合物を用いることが好ましい。分子内に3個の重合性官能基を有する多官能重合性液晶化合物として、下記一般式(IV−1)で表される化合物が好ましい。The total content of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound having two polymerizable functional groups in the molecule is preferably 10 to 90% by mass of the total amount of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound to be used, and is preferably 15 to 85% by mass. It is more preferable to contain 20 to 80% by mass.
(Polyfunctional polymerizable liquid crystal compound)
As the polyfunctional polymerizable liquid crystal compound having three or more polymerizable functional groups in the molecule, it is preferable to use a compound having three polymerizable functional groups. As the polyfunctional polymerizable liquid crystal compound having three polymerizable functional groups in the molecule, a compound represented by the following general formula (IV-1) is preferable.
(式中、P2〜P4はそれぞれ独立して、重合性官能基を表し、S1〜S3はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1〜18のアルキレン基を表し、該アルキレン基中の1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−、−COO−、−OCO−又は−OCO−O−によって置換されても良く、該アルキレン基の有する1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又はCN基によって置換されても良く、X1〜X3はそれぞれ独立して、−O−、−S−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−CO−S−、−S−CO−、−O−CO−O−、−CO−NH−、−NH−CO−、−SCH2−、−CH2S−、−CF2O−、−OCF2−、−CF2S−、−SCF2−、−CH=CH−COO−、−CH=CH−OCO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCO−CH=CH−、−COO−CH2CH2−、−OCO−CH2CH2−、−CH2CH2−COO−、−CH2CH2−OCO−、−COO−CH2−、−OCO−CH2−、−CH2−COO−、−CH2−OCO−、−CH=CH−、−N=N−、−CH=N−N=CH−、−CF=CF−、−C≡C−又は単結合を表し(ただし、P2−S1、P3−S2、P4−S3、S1−X1、S2−X2、及びS3−X3は、−O−O−、−O−NH−、−S−S−及び−O−S−基を含まない。)、q1〜q4はそれぞれ独立して、0又は1を表し、MGはメソゲン基を表す。)
ここで、P2〜P4はそれぞれ独立して、下記の式(P−2−1)から式(P−2−20)で表される重合性基から選ばれる置換基を表すのが好ましい。(Wherein P 2 to P 4 each independently represents a polymerizable functional group, S 1 to S 3 each independently represents an alkylene group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, One —CH 2 — or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — may each independently be replaced by —O—, —COO—, —OCO— or —OCO—O—, One or more hydrogen atoms of the alkylene group may be substituted with a halogen atom or a CN group, and X 1 to X 3 are each independently —O—, —S—, —OCH 2 —. , —CH 2 O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—S—, —S—CO—, —O—CO—O—, —CO—NH—, —NH—CO—. , -SCH 2 -, - CH 2 S -, - CF 2 O -, - OCF 2 -, - CF 2 S -, - S F 2 -, - CH = CH -COO -, - CH = CH-OCO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCO-CH = CH -, - COO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO -, - COO-CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 -, - CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 -OCO-, —CH═CH—, —N═N—, —CH═N—N═CH—, —CF═CF—, —C≡C— or a single bond (wherein P 2 —S 1 , P 3 — S 2, P 4 -S 3, S 1 -X 1, S 2 -X 2, and S 3 -X 3 may, -O-O -, - O -NH -, - S-S- and -O- S-group is not included.), Q1 to q4 each independently represents 0 or 1, and MG represents a mesogenic group.)
Here, each of P 2 to P 4 independently preferably represents a substituent selected from a polymerizable group represented by the following formula (P-2-1) to formula (P-2-20). .
これらの重合性官能基のうち、重合性を高める観点から、式(P−2−1)、(P−2−2)、(P−2−7)、(P−2−12)、(P−2−13)が好ましく、式(P−2−1)、(P−2−2)がより好ましい。 Among these polymerizable functional groups, from the viewpoint of increasing the polymerizability, the formulas (P-2-1), (P-2-2), (P-2-7), (P-2-12), ( P-2-13) is preferable, and formulas (P-2-1) and (P-2-2) are more preferable.
また、S1〜S3はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1〜15のアルキレン基を表すことが好ましく、該アルキレン基中の1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−、−COO−、−OCO−又は−OCO−O−によって置換されても良く、該アルキレン基の有する1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又はCN基によって置換されても良く、S1〜S3はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1〜12のアルキレン基を表すことがより好ましく、該アルキレン基中の1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−、−COO−、−OCO−又は−OCO−O−によって置換されても良い。X1〜X3はそれぞれ独立して、−O−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−O−CO−O−、−CO−NH−、−NH−CO−、−CF2O−、−OCF2−、−CH=CH−COO−、−CH=CH−OCO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCO−CH=CH−、−COO−CH2CH2−、−OCO−CH2CH2−、−CH2CH2−COO−、−CH2CH2−OCO−、−COO−CH2−、−OCO−CH2−、−CH2−COO−、−CH2−OCO−、−CH=CH−、−N=N−、−CH=N−N=CH−、−CF=CF−、−C≡C−又は単結合を表すことが好ましく、X1〜X3はそれぞれ独立して、−O−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−O−CO−O−、−CF2O−、−OCF2−、−CH=CH−COO−、−CH=CH−OCO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCO−CH=CH−、−COO−CH2CH2−、−OCO−CH2CH2−、−CH2CH2−COO−、−CH2CH2−OCO−、−COO−CH2−、−OCO−CH2−、−CH2−COO−、−CH2−OCO−、−CH=CH−、−CF=CF−、−C≡C−又は単結合を表すことがより好ましい。
MGはメソゲン基を表し、一般式(IV−b)Further, each of S 1 to S 3 independently preferably represents an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and one —CH 2 — in the alkylene group or two or more — that are not adjacent to each other. CH 2 — may be independently substituted with —O—, —COO—, —OCO— or —OCO—O—, and one or more hydrogen atoms of the alkylene group may be a halogen atom. Alternatively, it may be substituted with a CN group, and S 1 to S 3 each independently preferably represent an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one —CH 2 — in the alkylene group or Two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — may be each independently substituted with —O—, —COO—, —OCO— or —OCO—O—. X 1 to X 3 are each independently —O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —O—CO—O—, —CO—NH. -, - NH-CO -, - CF 2 O -, - OCF 2 -, - CH = CH-COO -, - CH = CH-OCO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCO-CH = CH- , —COO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 — , -CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 -OCO -, - CH = CH -, - N = N -, - CH = N-N = CH -, - CF = CF -, - C≡C- or a single preferably represents a bond, X 1 to X 3 are each independently, -O -, - OCH 2 - , - CH 2 O -, - C -, - COO -, - OCO -, - OCO-O -, - CF 2 O -, - OCF 2 -, - CH = CH-COO -, - CH = CH-OCO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCO-CH = CH -, - COO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO -, - COO- CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 -, - CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 -OCO -, - CH = CH -, - CF = CF -, - C≡C- or more may represent a single bond preferable.
MG represents a mesogenic group and has the general formula (IV-b)
(式中、B1、B2及びB3はそれぞれ独立的に、1,4−フェニレン基、1,4−シクロヘキシレン基、1,4−シクロヘキセニル基、テトラヒドロピラン−2,5−ジイル基、テトラヒドロチオピラン−2,5−ジイル基、1,4−ビシクロ(2,2,2)オクチレン基、デカヒドロナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基、ピリジン−2,5−ジイル基、ピリミジン−2,5−ジイル基、ピラジン−2,5−ジイル基、チオフェン−2,5−ジイル基−、1,2,3,4−テトラヒドロナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基、2,6−ナフチレン基、フェナントレン−2,7−ジイル基、9,10−ジヒドロフェナントレン−2,7−ジイル基、1,2,3,4,4a,9,10a−オクタヒドロフェナントレン−2,7−ジイル基、1,4−ナフチレン基、ベンゾ[1,2−b:4,5−b‘]ジチオフェン−2,6−ジイル基、ベンゾ[1,2−b:4,5−b‘]ジセレノフェン−2,6−ジイル基、[1]ベンゾチエノ[3,2−b]チオフェン−2,7−ジイル基、[1]ベンゾセレノフェノ[3,2−b]セレノフェン−2,7−ジイル基、又はフルオレン−2,7−ジイル基を表し、置換基として1個以上のF、Cl、CF3、OCF3、CN基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルキル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルカノイル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルカノイルオキシ基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシカルボニル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニルオキシ基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケノイル基、及び/又は、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケノイルオキシ基を有していても良く、Z1及びZ2はそれぞれ独立して、−COO−、−OCO−、−CH2CH2−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−CH=CH−、−C≡C−、−CH=CHCOO−、−OCOCH=CH−、−CH2CH2COO−、−CH2CH2OCO−、−COOCH2CH2−、−OCOCH2CH2−、−C=N−、−N=C−、−CONH−、−NHCO−、−C(CF3)2−、ハロゲン原子を有してもよい炭素原子数2〜10のアルキル基又は単結合を表し、r1は0、1、2又は3を表し、B1及びZ1が複数存在する場合は、それぞれ、同一であっても、異なっていても良い。)で表される。このうち、B1、B2及びB3はそれぞれ独立的に、1,4−フェニレン基、1,4−シクロヘキシレン基、2,6−ナフチレン基を表すことが好ましい。
一般式(IV−1)の例として、下記一般式(IV−1−1)〜(IV−1−8)で表される化合物を挙げることができるが、下記の一般式に限定されるわけではない。(In the formula, B1, B2 and B3 are each independently 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenyl group, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl group, tetrahydrothio group, Pyran-2,5-diyl group, 1,4-bicyclo (2,2,2) octylene group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, pyridine-2,5-diyl group, pyrimidine-2,5- Diyl group, pyrazine-2,5-diyl group, thiophene-2,5-diyl group-, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 2,6-naphthylene group, phenanthrene-2 , 7-diyl group, 9,10-dihydrophenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, 1,2,3,4,4a, 9,10a-octahydrophenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, 1,4-naphthyl Benzo [1,2-b: 4,5-b ′] dithiophene-2,6-diyl group, benzo [1,2-b: 4,5-b ′] diselenophen-2,6-diyl group , [1] benzothieno [3,2-b] thiophene-2,7-diyl group, [1] benzoselenopheno [3,2-b] selenophene-2,7-diyl group, or fluorene-2,7- Represents a diyl group, and as a substituent, one or more F, Cl, CF 3 , OCF 3 , CN group, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, 1 to 1 carbon atom An alkanoyl group having 8 carbon atoms, an alkanoyloxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carbon atom An alkenoyl group of 2 to 8 and / or May have a alkenoyloxy group of atom number 2-8, the Z1 and Z2 each independently, -COO -, - OCO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O—, —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —CH═CHCOO—, —OCOCH═CH—, —CH 2 CH 2 COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 OCO—, —COOCH 2 CH 2 — , —OCOCH 2 CH 2 —, —C═N—, —N═C—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, the number of carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom is 2 10 represents an alkyl group or a single bond, r1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and when a plurality of B1 and Z1 are present, they may be the same or different. The Among these, it is preferable that B1, B2, and B3 each independently represent a 1,4-phenylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, or a 2,6-naphthylene group.
Examples of the general formula (IV-1) include compounds represented by the following general formulas (IV-1-1) to (IV-1-8), but are not limited to the following general formulas. is not.
式中、P2、S1、X1、q1、X2、S2、q2、P3、X3、q4、S3、q3、P4は、それぞれ、上記一般式(IV−1)の定義と同じものを表し、
B11とB12とB13、B2、B3は、それぞれ、上記一般式(IV−b)のB1〜B3の定義と同じものを表し、それぞれ、同一であっても、異なっていても良く、
Z11とZ12とZ13、Z2は、それぞれ、上記一般式(IV−b)のZ1、Z2の定義と同じものを表し、それぞれ、同一であっても、異なっていても良い。 Wherein, P 2, S 1, X 1, q1, X 2, S 2, q2, P 3, X 3, q4, S 3, q3, P 4 , respectively, the general formula (IV-1) Represents the same definition,
B11, B12, B13, B2, and B3 each represent the same definition as B1 to B3 in the general formula (IV-b), and may be the same or different,
Z11, Z12, Z13, and Z2 represent the same definitions as Z1 and Z2 in the general formula (IV-b), respectively, and may be the same or different.
上記一般式(IV−1−1)〜(IV−1−8)で表される化合物としては、以下の式(IV−1−1−1)〜式(IV−1−1−6)で表される化合物を例示されるが、これらに限定される訳ではない。 The compounds represented by the general formulas (IV-1-1) to (IV-1-8) are represented by the following formulas (IV-1-1-1) to (IV-1-1-6). The compounds represented are exemplified, but not limited thereto.
式中、Rf、Rg及びRhは、それぞれ独立して水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Ri、Rj及びRkはそれぞれ独立して水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1〜6のアルキル基、炭素数1〜6のアルコキシ基、シアノ基を表し、これらの基が炭素数1〜6のアルキル基、あるいは炭素数1〜6のアルコキシ基の場合、全部が未置換であるか、あるいは1つまたは2つ以上のハロゲン原子により置換されていてもよく、上記環状基は、置換基として1個以上のF、Cl、CF3、OCF3、CN基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルキル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルカノイル基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルカノイルオキシ基、炭素原子数1〜8のアルコキシカルボニル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケニルオキシ基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケノイル基、炭素原子数2〜8のアルケノイルオキシ基を有していても良い。
m4〜m9はそれぞれ独立して0〜18の整数を表し、n4〜n10はそれぞれ独立して0又は1を表す。In the formula, R f , R g, and R h each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R i , R j, and R k are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a carbon number of 1 to 6 An alkyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and when these groups are an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, all are unsubstituted, Alternatively, the cyclic group may be substituted with one or two or more halogen atoms, and the cyclic group has one or more F, Cl, CF 3 , OCF 3 , CN groups, 1 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent. An alkyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkanoyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkanoyloxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and 2 to 2 carbon atoms. 8 alkenyl groups, carbon atoms Number 2-8 alkenyloxy group, alkenoyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, which may have a alkenoyloxy group having from 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
m4 to m9 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 18, and n4 to n10 each independently represents 0 or 1.
3個以上の重合性官能基を有する多官能重合性液晶化合物は、1種又は2種以上用いることができる。 The polyfunctional polymerizable liquid crystal compound having three or more polymerizable functional groups can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
分子内に3個以上の重合性官能基を有する多官能重合性液晶化合物の合計含有量は、用いる重合性液晶化合物の合計量のうち、0〜40質量%含有することが好ましく、0〜30質量%含有することがより好ましく、0〜20質量%含有することが特に好ましい。
(一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物)
本発明である一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物は、1種又は2種以上用いることができる。The total content of the polyfunctional polymerizable liquid crystal compound having 3 or more polymerizable functional groups in the molecule is preferably 0 to 40% by mass in the total amount of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound to be used. More preferably, it is contained in an amount of 0 to 20% by mass.
(Polymerizable compound represented by formula (I))
The polymeric compound represented with general formula (I) which is this invention can be used 1 type, or 2 or more types.
一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物の合計含有量は、上記一般式(I)〜一般式(IV)で表される重合性液晶化合物の合計量のうち、得られる塗膜の基材との密着性を向上させることから、10質量%以上含有することが好ましく、20質量%以上含有することがより好ましく、30質量%以上含有することが特に好ましい。また、一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物の合計含有量の上限は、上記一般式(I)〜一般式(IV)で表される重合性液晶化合物の合計量のうち、90質量%以下含有することが好ましく、80質量%以下含有することがより好ましく、70質量%以下含有することが特に好ましい。
(光学異方体の製造方法)
(光学異方体)
本発明の重合性液晶組成物を用いて作製した光学異方体は、基材、必要に応じて配向膜、及び、重合性液晶組成物の重合体を順次積層したものである。
(基材)
本発明の光学異方体に用いられる基材は、液晶デバイス、ディスプレイ、光学部品や光学フィルムに通常使用する基材であって、本発明の重合性液晶組成物の塗布後の乾燥時における加熱に耐えうる耐熱性を有する材料であれば、特に制限はない。そのような基材としては、ガラス基材、金属基材、セラミックス基材やプラスチック基材等の有機材料が挙げられる。特に基材が有機材料の場合、セルロース誘導体、ポリオレフィン、ポリエステル、ポリカーボネート、ポリアクリレート(アクリル樹脂)、ポリアリレート、ポリエーテルサルホン、ポリイミド、ポリフェニレンスルフィド、ポリフェニレンエーテル、ナイロン又はポリスチレン等が挙げられる。中でもポリエステル、ポリスチレン、ポリアクリレート、ポリオレフィン、セルロース誘導体、ポリアリレート、ポリカーボネート等のプラスチック基材が好ましく、ポリアクリレート、ポリオレフィン、セルロース誘導体等の基材がさらに好ましく、ポリオレフィンとしてCOP(シクロオレフィンポリマー)を用い、セルロース誘導体としてTAC(トリアセチルセルロース)を用い、ポリアクリレートとしてPMMA(ポリメチルメタクリレート)を用いることが特に好ましい。基材の形状としては、平板の他、曲面を有するものであっても良い。これらの基材は、必要に応じて、電極層、反射防止機能、反射機能を有していてもよい。The total content of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I) is based on the coating film obtained from the total amount of the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds represented by the general formula (I) to the general formula (IV). In order to improve adhesion with the material, it is preferably contained in an amount of 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 30% by mass or more. Moreover, the upper limit of the total content of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I) is 90% of the total amount of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the general formula (I) to the general formula (IV). % Or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 70% by mass or less.
(Optical anisotropic body manufacturing method)
(Optical anisotropic)
The optical anisotropic body produced using the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention is obtained by sequentially laminating a base material, if necessary, an alignment film, and a polymer of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
(Base material)
The substrate used for the optical anisotropic body of the present invention is a substrate that is usually used for liquid crystal devices, displays, optical components and optical films, and is heated during drying after the application of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention. If it is the material which has heat resistance which can endure, there will be no restriction | limiting in particular. Examples of such a substrate include organic materials such as a glass substrate, a metal substrate, a ceramic substrate, and a plastic substrate. In particular, when the substrate is an organic material, examples thereof include cellulose derivatives, polyolefins, polyesters, polycarbonates, polyacrylates (acrylic resins), polyarylate, polyether sulfone, polyimide, polyphenylene sulfide, polyphenylene ether, nylon, and polystyrene. Among them, plastic base materials such as polyester, polystyrene, polyacrylate, polyolefin, cellulose derivative, polyarylate, and polycarbonate are preferable, and base materials such as polyacrylate, polyolefin, and cellulose derivative are more preferable, and COP (cycloolefin polymer) is used as the polyolefin. It is particularly preferable to use TAC (triacetyl cellulose) as the cellulose derivative and PMMA (polymethyl methacrylate) as the polyacrylate. As a shape of a base material, you may have a curved surface other than a flat plate. These base materials may have an electrode layer, an antireflection function, and a reflection function as needed.
本発明の重合性液晶組成物の塗布性や接着性向上のために、これらの基材の表面処理を行っても良い。表面処理として、オゾン処理、プラズマ処理、コロナ処理、シランカップリング処理などが挙げられる。また、光の透過率や反射率を調節するために、基材表面に有機薄膜、無機酸化物薄膜や金属薄膜等を蒸着など方法によって設ける、あるいは、光学的な付加価値をつけるために、基材がピックアップレンズ、ロッドレンズ、光ディスク、位相差フィルム、光拡散フィルム、カラーフィルター、等であっても良い。中でも付加価値がより高くなるピックアップレンズ、位相差フィルム、光拡散フィルム、カラーフィルターは好ましい。
(配向処理)
また、上記基材には、本発明の重合性液晶組成物を塗布乾燥した際に重合性液晶組成物が配向するように、通常配向処理が施されている、あるいは配向膜が設けられていても良い。配向処理としては、延伸処理、ラビング処理、偏光紫外可視光照射処理、イオンビーム処理等が挙げられる。配向膜を用いる場合、配向膜は公知慣用のものが用いられる。そのような配向膜としては、ポリイミド、ポリシロキサン、ポリアミド、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリカーボネート、ポリスチレン、ポリフェニレンエーテル、ポリアリレート、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエーテルサルホン、エポキシ樹脂、エポキシアクリレート樹脂、アクリル樹脂、クマリン化合物、カルコン化合物、シンナメート化合物、フルギド化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物、アリールエテン化合物等の化合物が挙げられる。ラビングにより配向処理する化合物は、配向処理、もしくは配向処理の後に加熱工程を入れることで材料の結晶化が促進されるものが好ましい。ラビング以外の配向処理を行う化合物の中では光配向材料を用いることが好ましい。
(塗布)
本発明の光学異方体を得るための塗布法としては、アプリケーター法、バーコーティング法、スピンコーティング法、ロールコーティング法、ダイレクトグラビアコーティング法、リバースグラビアコーティング法、フレキソコーティング法、インクジェット法、ダイコーティング法、キャップコーティング法、ディップコーティング法、スリットコーティング法等、公知慣用の方法を行うことができる。重合性液晶組成物を塗布後、必要に応じて乾燥させる。
(重合工程)
本発明の重合性液晶組成物の重合操作については、重合性液晶組成物中の液晶化合物が基材に対して水平配向、垂直配向、又はハイブリッド配向、あるいはコレステリック配向(平面配向)した状態で一般に紫外線等の光照射、あるいは加熱によって行われる。重合を光照射で行う場合は、具体的には390nm以下の紫外光を照射することが好ましく、250〜370nmの波長の光を照射することが最も好ましい。但し、390nm以下の紫外光により重合性液晶組成物が分解などを引き起こす場合は、390nm以上の紫外光で重合処理を行ったほうが好ましい場合もある。この光は、拡散光で、かつ偏光していない光であることが好ましい。
(重合方法)
本発明の重合性液晶組成物を重合させる方法としては、活性エネルギー線を照射する方法や熱重合法等が挙げられるが、加熱を必要とせず、室温で反応が進行することから活性エネルギー線を照射する方法が好ましく、中でも、操作が簡便なことから、紫外線等の光を照射する方法が好ましい。In order to improve the applicability and adhesiveness of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention, these substrates may be subjected to surface treatment. Examples of the surface treatment include ozone treatment, plasma treatment, corona treatment, silane coupling treatment, and the like. In addition, in order to adjust the light transmittance and reflectance, an organic thin film, an inorganic oxide thin film, a metal thin film, etc. are provided on the surface of the substrate by a method such as vapor deposition, or in order to add optical added value. The material may be a pickup lens, a rod lens, an optical disk, a retardation film, a light diffusion film, a color filter, or the like. Among these, a pickup lens, a retardation film, a light diffusion film, and a color filter that have higher added value are preferable.
(Orientation treatment)
In addition, the substrate is usually subjected to an alignment treatment or provided with an alignment film so that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is aligned when the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention is applied and dried. Also good. Examples of the alignment treatment include stretching treatment, rubbing treatment, polarized ultraviolet visible light irradiation treatment, ion beam treatment, and the like. When the alignment film is used, a known and conventional alignment film is used. Such alignment films include polyimide, polysiloxane, polyamide, polyvinyl alcohol, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyphenylene ether, polyarylate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethersulfone, epoxy resin, epoxy acrylate resin, acrylic resin, coumarin compound, chalcone. Examples of the compound include compounds, cinnamate compounds, fulgide compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, and arylethene compounds. The compound subjected to the alignment treatment by rubbing is preferably an alignment treatment or a compound in which crystallization of the material is promoted by adding a heating step after the alignment treatment. Among the compounds that perform alignment treatment other than rubbing, it is preferable to use a photo-alignment material.
(Application)
Application methods for obtaining the optical anisotropic body of the present invention include applicator method, bar coating method, spin coating method, roll coating method, direct gravure coating method, reverse gravure coating method, flexo coating method, ink jet method, and die coating. A publicly known method such as a method, a cap coating method, a dip coating method, or a slit coating method can be used. After applying the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, it is dried as necessary.
(Polymerization process)
Regarding the polymerization operation of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention, the liquid crystal compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is generally in a state in which it is horizontally aligned, vertically aligned, hybrid aligned, or cholesteric aligned (planar aligned) with respect to the substrate. It is performed by irradiation with light such as ultraviolet rays or heating. When the polymerization is performed by light irradiation, specifically, it is preferable to irradiate ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 390 nm or less, and it is most preferable to irradiate light having a wavelength of 250 to 370 nm. However, when the polymerizable liquid crystal composition causes decomposition or the like due to ultraviolet light of 390 nm or less, it may be preferable to perform polymerization treatment with ultraviolet light of 390 nm or more. This light is preferably diffused light and unpolarized light.
(Polymerization method)
Examples of the method for polymerizing the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention include a method of irradiating active energy rays and a thermal polymerization method. However, since the reaction proceeds at room temperature without requiring heating, active energy rays are used. A method of irradiating is preferable, and among them, a method of irradiating light such as ultraviolet rays is preferable because the operation is simple.
照射時の温度は、本発明の重合性液晶組成物が液晶相を保持できる温度とし、重合性液晶組成物の熱重合の誘起を避けるため、可能な限り30℃以下とすることが好ましい。尚、液晶組成物は、通常、昇温過程において、C(固相)−N(ネマチック)転移温度(以下、C−N転移温度と略す。)から、N−I転移温度範囲内で液晶相を示す。一方、降温過程においては、熱力学的に非平衡状態を取るため、C−N転移温度以下でも凝固せず液晶状態を保つ場合がある。この状態を過冷却状態という。本発明においては、過冷却状態にある液晶組成物も液晶相を保持している状態に含めるものとする。具体的には390nm以下の紫外光を照射することが好ましく、250〜370nmの波長の光を照射することが最も好ましい。但し、390nm以下の紫外光により重合性組成物が分解などを引き起こす場合は、390nm以上の紫外光で重合処理を行ったほうが好ましい場合もある。この光は、拡散光で、かつ偏光していない光であることが好ましい。紫外線照射強度は、0.05kW/m2〜10kW/m2の範囲が好ましい。特に、0.2kW/m2〜2kW/m2の範囲が好ましい。紫外線強度が0.05kW/m2未満の場合、重合を完了させるのに多大な時間がかかる。一方、2kW/m2を超える強度では、重合性液晶組成物中の液晶分子が光分解する傾向にあることや、重合熱が多く発生して重合中の温度が上昇し、重合性液晶のオーダーパラメーターが変化して、重合後のフィルムのリタデーションに狂いが生じる可能性がある。The temperature at the time of irradiation is preferably set to 30 ° C. or less as much as possible in order to avoid the induction of thermal polymerization of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition so that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention can maintain the liquid crystal phase. The liquid crystal composition usually has a liquid crystal phase in the range from the C (solid phase) -N (nematic) transition temperature (hereinafter abbreviated as C-N transition temperature) to the NI transition temperature in the temperature rising process. Indicates. On the other hand, in the temperature lowering process, a non-equilibrium state is taken thermodynamically, so that the liquid crystal state may be maintained without being solidified even at a temperature below the CN transition temperature. This state is called a supercooled state. In the present invention, the liquid crystal composition in a supercooled state is also included in the state in which the liquid crystal phase is retained. Specifically, it is preferable to irradiate ultraviolet light of 390 nm or less, and it is most preferable to irradiate light having a wavelength of 250 to 370 nm. However, when the polymerizable composition causes decomposition or the like due to ultraviolet light of 390 nm or less, it may be preferable to perform the polymerization treatment with ultraviolet light of 390 nm or more. This light is preferably diffused light and unpolarized light. The ultraviolet irradiation intensity is preferably in the range of 0.05 kW / m 2 to 10 kW / m 2 . In particular, a range of 0.2 kW / m 2 to 2 kW / m 2 is preferable. When the ultraviolet intensity is less than 0.05 kW / m 2 , it takes a lot of time to complete the polymerization. On the other hand, when the strength exceeds 2 kW / m 2 , liquid crystal molecules in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition tend to be photodegraded, or a large amount of polymerization heat is generated to increase the temperature during polymerization. The parameter may change, and the retardation of the film after polymerization may be distorted.
マスクを使用して特定の部分のみを紫外線照射で重合させた後、該未重合部分の配向状態を、電場、磁場又は温度等をかけて変化させ、その後該未重合部分を重合させると、異なる配向方向をもった複数の領域を有する光学異方体を得ることもできる。 After only a specific part is polymerized by UV irradiation using a mask, the orientation state of the unpolymerized part is changed by applying an electric field, a magnetic field or temperature, and then the unpolymerized part is polymerized. An optical anisotropic body having a plurality of regions having orientation directions can also be obtained.
また、マスクを使用して特定の部分のみを紫外線照射で重合させる際に、予め未重合状態の重合性液晶組成物に電場、磁場又は温度等をかけて配向を規制し、その状態を保ったままマスク上から光を照射して重合させることによっても、異なる配向方向をもった複数の領域を有する光学異方体を得ることができる。 Further, when only a specific portion was polymerized by ultraviolet irradiation using a mask, the alignment was regulated in advance by applying an electric field, magnetic field or temperature to the unpolymerized polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and the state was maintained. An optical anisotropic body having a plurality of regions having different orientation directions can also be obtained by irradiating light from above the mask and polymerizing it.
本発明の重合性液晶組成物を重合させて得られる光学異方体は、基板から剥離して単体で光学異方体として使用することも、基板から剥離せずにそのまま光学異方体として使用することもできる。特に、他の部材を汚染し難いので、被積層基板として使用したり、他の基板に貼り合わせて使用したりするときに有用である。
(位相差膜)
本発明の位相差膜は、本発明の光学異方体と同様にして作成される。基材が位相差を有する場合には、基材の有する複屈折性、及び、本発明の位相差膜の複屈折性を加算した複屈折性を有する位相差膜が得られる。前記位相差膜は、基材の有する複屈折性と位相差膜の有する複屈折性が基材の面内で同じ方向の場合もあれば、異なる方向の場合もある。液晶デバイス、ディスプレイ、光学素子、光学部品、着色剤、セキュリティ用マーキング、レーザー発光用部材、光学フィルム、及び、補償フィルム等の用途に応じて、用途に適した形で適用される。
(位相差パターニング膜)
本発明の位相差パターニング膜は、本発明の光学異方体同様に、基材、配向膜、及び、重合性組成物溶液の重合体を順次積層したものであるが、重合工程において、部分的に異なる位相差が得られるようにパターニングされたものである。パターニングは、線状のパターニング、格子状のパターニング、円状のパターニング、多角形状のパターニング等、異なる方向の場合もある。液晶デバイス、ディスプレイ、光学素子、光学部品、着色剤、セキュリティ用マーキング、レーザー発光用部材、光学フィルム、及び、補償フィルム等の用途に応じて、適用される。
部分的に異なる位相差を得る方法としては、基材に配向膜を設け、配向処理する際に本発明の重合性組成物溶液を塗布乾燥した際に重合性組成物がパターニング配向するように処理する。そのような配向処理は、微細ラビング処理、フォトマスクを介しての偏光紫外可視光照射処理、微細形状加工処理等が挙げられる。配向膜は、公知慣用のものが用いられる。そのような配向膜としては、ポリイミド、ポリシロキサン、ポリアミド、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリカーボネート、ポリスチレン、ポリフェニレンエーテル、ポリアリレート、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエーテルサルホン、エポキシ樹脂、エポキシアクリレート樹脂、アクリル樹脂、クマリン化合物、カルコン化合物、シンナメート化合物、フルギド化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物、アリールエテン化合物等の化合物が挙げられる。微細ラビングにより配向処理する化合物は、配向処理、もしくは配向処理の後に加熱工程を入れることで材料の結晶化が促進されるものが好ましい。ラビング以外の配向処理を行う化合物の中では光配向材料を用いることが好ましい。The optical anisotropic body obtained by polymerizing the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention can be peeled off from the substrate and used alone as an optical anisotropic body, or it can be used as an optical anisotropic body as it is without peeling off from the substrate. You can also In particular, since it is difficult to contaminate other members, it is useful when used as a laminated substrate or by being attached to another substrate.
(Retardation film)
The retardation film of the present invention is prepared in the same manner as the optical anisotropic body of the present invention. When the substrate has a retardation, a retardation film having birefringence obtained by adding the birefringence of the substrate and the birefringence of the retardation film of the present invention is obtained. In the retardation film, the birefringence of the base material and the birefringence of the retardation film may be in the same direction or different directions in the plane of the base material. The liquid crystal device, the display, the optical element, the optical component, the colorant, the marking for security, the member for laser emission, the optical film, and the compensation film are applied in a form suitable for the application.
(Phase difference patterning film)
The retardation patterning film of the present invention is obtained by sequentially laminating a base material, an alignment film, and a polymer of a polymerizable composition solution in the same manner as the optical anisotropic body of the present invention. Are patterned so as to obtain different phase differences. The patterning may be in different directions, such as linear patterning, lattice patterning, circular patterning, polygonal patterning, and the like. The liquid crystal device, display, optical element, optical component, colorant, security marking, laser emission member, optical film, compensation film, and the like are used.
As a method of obtaining a partially different phase difference, an alignment film is provided on the substrate, and the polymerizable composition solution of the present invention is applied and dried during the alignment treatment so that the polymerizable composition is patterned and aligned. To do. Examples of such an alignment treatment include a fine rubbing treatment, a polarized ultraviolet visible light irradiation treatment through a photomask, and a fine shape processing treatment. As the alignment film, known and conventional ones are used. Such alignment films include polyimide, polysiloxane, polyamide, polyvinyl alcohol, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyphenylene ether, polyarylate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethersulfone, epoxy resin, epoxy acrylate resin, acrylic resin, coumarin compound, chalcone. Examples of the compound include compounds, cinnamate compounds, fulgide compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, and arylethene compounds. The compound subjected to the alignment treatment by fine rubbing is preferably an alignment treatment or a compound in which crystallization of the material is promoted by adding a heating step after the alignment treatment. Among the compounds that perform alignment treatment other than rubbing, it is preferable to use a photo-alignment material.
以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を更に詳述するが、本発明はこれらの実施例に限定されるものではない。また、以下の実施例及び比較例の組成物における「%」は、「質量%」を意味する。
(実施例1)式(I−1)で表される化合物の製造EXAMPLES The present invention will be described in further detail with reference to examples below, but the present invention is not limited to these examples. Further, “%” in the compositions of the following Examples and Comparative Examples means “% by mass”.
Example 1 Production of Compound Represented by Formula (I-1)
温度計、冷却器、及び滴下ロートを備え窒素置換した反応容器に水素化ナトリウム(油性60%)20.4g、テトラヒドロフラン200mLを加えた。氷冷しながら式(I−1−1)で表される化合物50.0g、テトラヒドロフラン200mLを滴下した。さらにテトラブチルアンモニウムブロミド34.0gを加えた後、氷冷しながらベンジルブロミド86.8gを滴下し、加熱還流させた。反応後、トルエンで希釈し、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル)により精製を行い、式(I−1−2)で表される化合物42.6gを得た。 To a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a cooler, and a dropping funnel and purged with nitrogen, 20.4 g of sodium hydride (60% oily) and 200 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added. While cooling with ice, 50.0 g of a compound represented by the formula (I-1-1) and 200 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added dropwise. Further, 34.0 g of tetrabutylammonium bromide was added, and then 86.8 g of benzyl bromide was added dropwise while cooling with ice, and the mixture was heated to reflux. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with toluene, washed successively with water and saturated brine, and purified by column chromatography (silica gel) to obtain 42.6 g of a compound represented by the formula (I-1-2).
温度計及び滴下ロートを備え窒素置換した反応容器に式(I−1−2)で表される化合物37.2g、トリエチルアミン54.4g、ジメチルアミノピリジン2.0g、ジクロロメタン680mLを加えた。氷冷しながらメタンスルホニルクロリド40.8gを滴下し室温で反応させた。反応後、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液で洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル)により精製を行い、式(I−1−3)で表される化合物48.0gを得た。 To a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer and a dropping funnel and purged with nitrogen, 37.2 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-1-2), 54.4 g of triethylamine, 2.0 g of dimethylaminopyridine, and 680 mL of dichloromethane were added. While cooling with ice, 40.8 g of methanesulfonyl chloride was added dropwise and reacted at room temperature. After the reaction, the mixture was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and purified by column chromatography (silica gel) to obtain 48.0 g of a compound represented by the formula (I-1-3).
温度計及び冷却器を備え窒素置換した反応容器に式(I−1−3)で表される化合物44.8g、マロン酸ジエチル24.0g、炭酸セシウム149.6g、テトラブチルアンモニウムブロミド2.0g、アセトニトリル480mLを加え加熱還流させた。反応後、アセトニトリルを留去しジクロロメタンに再溶解させ、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル)及び蒸留により精製を行い、式(I−1−4)で表される化合物34.4gを得た。 In a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer and a condenser and purged with nitrogen, 44.8 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-1-3), diethyl malonate 24.0 g, cesium carbonate 149.6 g, tetrabutylammonium bromide 2.0 g Then, 480 mL of acetonitrile was added and heated to reflux. After the reaction, acetonitrile is distilled off, redissolved in dichloromethane, washed successively with water and saturated brine, purified by column chromatography (silica gel) and distillation, and a compound represented by the formula (I-1-4) 34.4 g was obtained.
温度計、冷却器及び滴下ロートを備え窒素置換した反応容器に水素化アルムニウムリチウム7.6g、テトラヒドロフラン100mLを加えた。氷冷しながら式(I−1−4)で表される化合物34.4g、テトラヒドロフラン200mLを滴下し、加熱還流させた。反応後、酢酸エチル及び硫酸水溶液を適量滴下し、セライトろ過を行い、ろ液を酢酸エチルで希釈した。飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、再結晶により精製を行い、式(I−1−5)で表される化合物20.0gを得た。 7.6 g of lithium aluminum hydride and 100 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added to a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a cooler, and a dropping funnel and purged with nitrogen. While cooling with ice, 34.4 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-1-4) and 200 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added dropwise and heated to reflux. After the reaction, appropriate amounts of ethyl acetate and an aqueous sulfuric acid solution were added dropwise, followed by celite filtration, and the filtrate was diluted with ethyl acetate. The mixture was washed successively with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine, and purified by recrystallization to obtain 20.0 g of a compound represented by the formula (I-1-5).
温度計及び滴下ロートを備え窒素置換した反応容器に式(I−1−6)で表される化合物55.1g、2,3-ジフルオロフェノール50.0g、トリフェニルホスフィン121.0g、テトラヒドロフラン500mLを加えた。氷冷しながらアゾジカルボン酸ジイソプロピル85.5gを滴下し室温で反応させた。反応後、酢酸エチルで希釈し、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル)により精製を行い、式(I−1−7)で表される化合物58.7gを得た。 A reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer and a dropping funnel and purged with nitrogen was charged with 55.1 g of the compound represented by formula (I-1-6), 50.0 g of 2,3-difluorophenol, 121.0 g of triphenylphosphine, and 500 mL of tetrahydrofuran. added. While cooling with ice, 85.5 g of diisopropyl azodicarboxylate was added dropwise and reacted at room temperature. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed successively with water and saturated brine, and purified by column chromatography (silica gel) to obtain 58.7 g of a compound represented by the formula (I-1-7).
温度計及び滴下ロートを備え窒素置換した反応容器に式(I−1−7)で表される化合物58.7g、テトラヒドロフラン500mLを加えた。−50℃に冷却しながら1.0mol/L sec-ブチルリチウム315mLを滴下し同温度で反応させた。さらに同温度でジメチルホルムアミド35.4g、テトラヒドロフラン100mLを滴下し室温で反応させた。反応後、10%塩酸を適量滴下した後、ヘキサンで希釈し、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル)により単離精製を行い、式(I−1−8)で表される化合物26.8gを得た。 Into a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer and a dropping funnel and purged with nitrogen, 58.7 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-1-7) and 500 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added. While cooling to −50 ° C., 315 mL of 1.0 mol / L sec-butyllithium was added dropwise and reacted at the same temperature. Further, 35.4 g of dimethylformamide and 100 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added dropwise at the same temperature and reacted at room temperature. After the reaction, an appropriate amount of 10% hydrochloric acid was added dropwise, diluted with hexane, washed successively with water and saturated brine, isolated and purified by column chromatography (silica gel), and represented by the formula (I-1-8). 26.8 g of the compound obtained are obtained.
温度計、冷却器及びディーンスターク管を備え窒素置換した反応容器に式(I−1−5)で表される化合物16.3g、式(I−1−8)で表される化合物15.0g、p-トルエンスルホン酸1水和物1.1g、シクロヘキサン140mL、ジイロプロピルエーテル35mLを加え加熱還流させた。反応後、トルエンで希釈し、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(アルミナ)により精製を行い、式(I−1−9)で表される化合物22.2g(cis/trans=22/78)を得た。 16.3 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-1-5) and 15.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-1-8) in a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a condenser and a Dean-Stark tube and purged with nitrogen. P-Toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (1.1 g), cyclohexane (140 mL), and diiropropyl ether (35 mL) were added and heated to reflux. After the reaction, the mixture is diluted with toluene, washed successively with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, water, and saturated brine, purified by column chromatography (alumina), and the compound represented by formula (I-1-9) 22. 2 g (cis / trans = 22/78) were obtained.
オートクレーブ容器に式(I−1−9)で表される化合物22.2g、5%パラジウム炭素(50%Wet)2.2g、テトラヒドロフラン220mLを加え0.4MPaの水素雰囲気下50 ℃で反応させた。反応液をろ過し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル)により単離精製を行い、式(I−1−10)で表される化合物9.9g(cis/trans=3/97)を得た。 To the autoclave container, 22.2 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-1-9), 2.2 g of 5% palladium carbon (50% Wet) and 220 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added, and the reaction was performed at 50 ° C. in a hydrogen atmosphere of 0.4 MPa. . The reaction solution was filtered and isolated and purified by column chromatography (silica gel) to obtain 9.9 g (cis / trans = 3/97) of the compound represented by the formula (I-1-10).
温度計及び滴下ロートを備え窒素置換した反応容器に式(I−1−10)で表される化合物9.9g、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン4.5g、ジクロロメタン150mLを加えた。氷冷しながら塩化アクリロイル2.7gを滴下し室温で反応させた。反応後、10%塩酸、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル)及び再結晶により精製を行い、式(I−1)で表される化合物8.0g(trans体のみ)を得た。
MS 483 (M+H+)
(実施例2)式(I−19)で表される化合物の製造To a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer and a dropping funnel and purged with nitrogen, 9.9 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-1-10), 4.5 g of diisopropylethylamine, and 150 mL of dichloromethane were added. While cooling with ice, 2.7 g of acryloyl chloride was added dropwise and reacted at room temperature. After the reaction, it was washed successively with 10% hydrochloric acid and saturated saline, and purified by column chromatography (silica gel) and recrystallization to obtain 8.0 g of compound represented by the formula (I-1) (trans isomer only). It was.
MS 483 (M + H + )
Example 2 Production of Compound Represented by Formula (I-19)
温度計及び滴下ロートを備え窒素置換した反応容器に(I−1−2)で表される化合物40.0g、2。,3−ジフルオロフェノール22.8g、トリフェニルホスフィン55.1g、テトラヒドロフラン230mLを加えた。氷冷しながらアゾジカルボン酸ジイソプロピル39.1gを滴下し室温で反応させた。反応後、酢酸エチルで希釈し、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル)により精製を行い、式(I−19−1)で表される化合物30.4gを得た。 40.0 g of a compound represented by (I-1-2) in a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer and a dropping funnel and purged with nitrogen; , 3-Difluorophenol 22.8 g, triphenylphosphine 55.1 g, and tetrahydrofuran 230 mL were added. While cooling with ice, 39.1 g of diisopropyl azodicarboxylate was added dropwise and reacted at room temperature. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed successively with water and saturated brine, and purified by column chromatography (silica gel) to obtain 30.4 g of a compound represented by the formula (I-19-1).
温度計及び滴下ロートを備え窒素置換した反応容器に式(I−19−1)で表される化合物30.4g、テトラヒドロフラン250mLを加えた。−50℃に冷却しながら1.0mol/L sec−ブチルリチウム150mLを滴下し同温度で反応させた。さらに同温度でジメチルホルムアミド13.9g、テトラヒドロフラン40mLを滴下し室温で反応させた。反応後、10%塩酸を適量滴下した後、ヘキサンで希釈し、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル)により単離精製を行い、式(I−19−2)で表される化合物6.9gを得た。 To a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer and a dropping funnel and purged with nitrogen, 30.4 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-19-1) and 250 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added. While cooling to −50 ° C., 150 mL of 1.0 mol / L sec-butyllithium was added dropwise and reacted at the same temperature. Further, 13.9 g of dimethylformamide and 40 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added dropwise at the same temperature and reacted at room temperature. After the reaction, an appropriate amount of 10% hydrochloric acid was added dropwise, diluted with hexane, washed successively with water and saturated brine, isolated and purified by column chromatography (silica gel), and represented by the formula (I-19-2). 6.9 g of the compound obtained are obtained.
温度計、冷却器及びディーンスターク管を備え窒素置換した反応容器に式(I−1−5)で表される化合物6.1g、式(I−19−2)で表される化合物6.9g、p-トルエンスルホン酸1水和物0.4g、シクロヘキサン60mL、ジイロプロピルエーテル15mLを加え加熱還流させた。反応後、トルエンで希釈し、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(アルミナ)により精製を行い、式(I−19−3)で表される化合物9.1g(cis/trans=26/74)を得た。 6.1 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-1-5) and 6.9 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-19-2) in a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a condenser and a Dean-Stark tube and purged with nitrogen Then, 0.4 g of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate, 60 mL of cyclohexane, and 15 mL of diisopropyl ether were added and heated to reflux. After the reaction, the reaction mixture is diluted with toluene, washed successively with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, water and saturated brine, purified by column chromatography (alumina), and the compound represented by formula (I-19-3) 9. 1 g (cis / trans = 26/74) was obtained.
オートクレーブ容器に式(I−19−3)で表される化合物9.1g、5%パラジウム炭素(50%Wet)1.1g、テトラヒドロフラン80mLを加え0.4MPaの水素雰囲気下50 ℃で反応させた。反応液をろ過し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル)により単離精製を行い、式(I−19−4)で表される化合物3.0g(cis/trans=4/96)を得た。 To the autoclave container, 9.1 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-19-3), 1.1 g of 5% palladium carbon (50% Wet) and 80 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added and reacted at 50 ° C. in a hydrogen atmosphere of 0.4 MPa. . The reaction solution was filtered and isolated and purified by column chromatography (silica gel) to obtain 3.0 g (cis / trans = 4/96) of the compound represented by the formula (I-19-4).
温度計及び滴下ロートを備え窒素置換した反応容器に式(I−19−4)で表される化合物3.0g、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン3.0g、ジクロロメタン60mLを加えた。氷冷しながら塩化アクリロイル1.9gを滴下し室温で反応させた。反応後、10%塩酸、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル)及び再結晶により精製を行い、式(I−19)で表される化合物1.1g(trans体のみ)を得た。
MS 525 (M+H+)
(実施例3)式(I−38)で表される化合物の製造To a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer and a dropping funnel and purged with nitrogen, 3.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-19-4), 3.0 g of diisopropylethylamine, and 60 mL of dichloromethane were added. While cooling with ice, 1.9 g of acryloyl chloride was added dropwise and reacted at room temperature. After the reaction, it was washed successively with 10% hydrochloric acid and saturated brine, and purified by column chromatography (silica gel) and recrystallization to obtain 1.1 g of compound represented by the formula (I-19) (trans isomer only). It was.
MS 525 (M + H + )
Example 3 Production of Compound Represented by Formula (I-38)
オートクレーブ容器に式(I−1−5)で表される化合物15.0g、5%パラジウム炭素(50%Wet)1.5g、テトラヒドロフラン90mLを加え0.5MPaの水素雰囲気下35 ℃で反応させた。反応液をろ過後濃縮して式(I−38−1)で表される化合物10.0gを得た。 To the autoclave container was added 15.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-1-5), 1.5 g of 5% palladium carbon (50% Wet) and 90 mL of tetrahydrofuran, and the mixture was reacted at 35 ° C. in a hydrogen atmosphere of 0.5 MPa. . The reaction solution was filtered and concentrated to obtain 10.0 g of a compound represented by the formula (I-38-1).
温度計、冷却器及びディーンスターク管を備えた反応容器に式(I−38−1)で表される化合物9.0g、テレフタルアルデヒド3.1g、p-トルエンスルホン酸1水和物0.2g、トルエン55mLを加え加熱還流させた。反応後、テトラヒドロフランで希釈し、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、再結晶により精製を行い、式(I−38−2)で表される化合物8.7gを得た。 In a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a condenser and a Dean-Stark tube, 9.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-38-1), 3.1 g of terephthalaldehyde, 0.2 g of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate Toluene 55 mL was added and heated to reflux. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with tetrahydrofuran, washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine, and purified by recrystallization to obtain 8.7 g of a compound represented by the formula (I-38-2).
温度計及び滴下ロートを備え窒素置換した反応容器に式(I−38−2)で表される化合物8.4g、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン7.2g、ジクロロメタン120mLを加えた。氷冷しながら塩化アクリロイル4.4gを滴下し室温で反応させた。反応後、10%塩酸、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル)及び再結晶により精製を行い、式(I−38)表される化合物5.5gを得た。
MS 595 (M+H+)
(実施例4)式(I−26)で表される化合物の製造To a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer and a dropping funnel and purged with nitrogen, 8.4 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-38-2), 7.2 g of diisopropylethylamine, and 120 mL of dichloromethane were added. While cooling with ice, 4.4 g of acryloyl chloride was added dropwise and reacted at room temperature. After the reaction, the mixture was washed successively with 10% hydrochloric acid and saturated brine, and purified by column chromatography (silica gel) and recrystallization to obtain 5.5 g of a compound represented by the formula (I-38).
MS 595 (M + H + )
Example 4 Production of Compound Represented by Formula (I-26)
温度計、冷却器、及び滴下ロートを備え窒素置換した反応容器に水素化ナトリウム(油性60%)31.5g、テトラヒドロフラン420mLを加えた。氷冷しながら式(I−26−1)で表される化合物50.0g、テトラヒドロフラン420mLを滴下した。さらにテトラブチルアンモニウムブロミド53.0gを加えた後、氷冷しながらベンジルブロミド134.8gを滴下し、加熱還流させた。反応後、トルエンで希釈し、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル)により精製を行い、式(I−26−2)で表される化合物45.9gを得た。 To a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a condenser, and a dropping funnel and purged with nitrogen, 31.5 g of sodium hydride (60% oily) and 420 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added. While cooling with ice, 50.0 g of a compound represented by the formula (I-26-1) and 420 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added dropwise. Further, 53.0 g of tetrabutylammonium bromide was added, and 134.8 g of benzyl bromide was added dropwise while cooling with ice, followed by heating to reflux. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with toluene, washed successively with water and saturated brine, and purified by column chromatography (silica gel) to obtain 45.9 g of a compound represented by the formula (I-26-2).
温度計及び滴下ロートを備え窒素置換した反応容器に式(I−26−2)で表される化合物45.9g、トリエチルアミン83.7g、ジメチルアミノピリジン3.4g、ジクロロメタン840mLを加えた。氷冷しながらメタンスルホニルクロリド63.2gを滴下し室温で反応させた。反応後、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液で洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル)により精製を行い、式(I−26−3)で表される化合物64.7gを得た。 To a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer and a dropping funnel and purged with nitrogen, 45.9 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-26-2), 83.7 g of triethylamine, 3.4 g of dimethylaminopyridine, and 840 mL of dichloromethane were added. While cooling with ice, 63.2 g of methanesulfonyl chloride was added dropwise and reacted at room temperature. After the reaction, it was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and purified by column chromatography (silica gel) to obtain 64.7 g of a compound represented by the formula (I-26-3).
温度計及び冷却器を備え窒素置換した反応容器に式(I−26−3)で表される化合物64.7g、マロン酸ジエチル38.2g、炭酸セシウム237.3g、テトラブチルアンモニウムブロミド3.4g、アセトニトリル650mLを加え加熱還流させた。反応後、アセトニトリルを留去しジクロロメタンに再溶解させ、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル)及び蒸留により精製を行い、式(I−26−4)で表される化合物41.2gを得た。 In a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer and a condenser and purged with nitrogen, 64.7 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-26-3), 38.2 g of diethyl malonate, 237.3 g of cesium carbonate, 3.4 g of tetrabutylammonium bromide 650 mL of acetonitrile was added and heated to reflux. After the reaction, acetonitrile is distilled off, redissolved in dichloromethane, washed successively with water and saturated brine, purified by column chromatography (silica gel) and distillation, and represented by the formula (I-26-4) 41.2 g was obtained.
温度計、冷却器及び滴下ロートを備え窒素置換した反応容器に水素化アルムニウムリチウム10.1g、テトラヒドロフラン240mLを加えた。氷冷しながら式(I−26−4)で表される化合物41.2g、テトラヒドロフラン120mLを滴下し、加熱還流させた。反応後、酢酸エチル及び硫酸水溶液を適量滴下し、セライトろ過を行い、ろ液を酢酸エチルで希釈した。飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、再結晶により精製を行い、式(I−26−5)で表される化合物22.4gを得た。 10.1 g of lithium aluminum hydride and 240 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added to a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a cooler, and a dropping funnel and purged with nitrogen. While cooling with ice, 41.2 g of a compound represented by the formula (I-26-4) and 120 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added dropwise and heated to reflux. After the reaction, appropriate amounts of ethyl acetate and an aqueous sulfuric acid solution were added dropwise, followed by celite filtration, and the filtrate was diluted with ethyl acetate. The mixture was washed successively with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine, and purified by recrystallization to obtain 22.4 g of a compound represented by the formula (I-26-5).
温度計及び滴下ロートを備え窒素置換した反応容器に式(I−26−2)で表される化合物35.1g、2,3−ジフルオロフェノール25.0g、トリフェニルホスフィン60.5g、テトラヒドロフラン250mLを加えた。氷冷しながらアゾジカルボン酸ジイソプロピル42.7gを滴下し室温で反応させた。反応後、酢酸エチルで希釈し、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル)により精製を行い、式(I−26−6)で表される化合物30.5gを得た。 A reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer and a dropping funnel and purged with nitrogen was charged with 35.1 g of the compound represented by formula (I-26-2), 25.0 g of 2,3-difluorophenol, 60.5 g of triphenylphosphine, and 250 mL of tetrahydrofuran. added. While cooling with ice, 42.7 g of diisopropyl azodicarboxylate was added dropwise and reacted at room temperature. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed successively with water and saturated brine, and purified by column chromatography (silica gel) to obtain 30.5 g of a compound represented by the formula (I-26-6).
温度計及び滴下ロートを備え窒素置換した反応容器に式(I−26−6)で表される化合物30.5g、テトラヒドロフラン250mLを加えた。−50℃に冷却しながら1.0mol/Lsecブチルリチウム142mLを滴下し同温度で反応させた。さらに同温度でジメチルホルムアミド16.0g、テトラヒドロフラン40mLを滴下し室温で反応させた。反応後、10%塩酸を適量滴下した後、ヘキサンで希釈し、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル)により単離精製を行い、式(I−26−7)で表される化合物10.7gを得た。 To a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer and a dropping funnel and purged with nitrogen, 30.5 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-26-6) and 250 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added. While cooling to −50 ° C., 142 mL of 1.0 mol / Lsec butyl lithium was added dropwise and reacted at the same temperature. Further, 16.0 g of dimethylformamide and 40 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added dropwise at the same temperature and reacted at room temperature. After the reaction, an appropriate amount of 10% hydrochloric acid was added dropwise, diluted with hexane, washed successively with water and saturated brine, isolated and purified by column chromatography (silica gel), and represented by the formula (I-26-7). 10.7 g of the compound obtained are obtained.
温度計、冷却器及びディーンスターク管を備え窒素置換した反応容器に式(I−26−5)で表される化合物8.6g、式(I−26−7)で表される化合物10.7g、p-トルエンスルホン酸1水和物0.7g、シクロヘキサン100mL、ジイロプロピルエーテル25mLを加え加熱還流させた。反応後、トルエンで希釈し、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(アルミナ)により精製を行い、式(I−26−8)で表される化合物13.8g(cis/trans=24/76)を得た。 A reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a condenser, and a Dean-Stark tube and purged with nitrogen was 8.6 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-26-5), and 10.7 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-26-7). Then, 0.7 g of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate, 100 mL of cyclohexane, and 25 mL of diisopropyl ether were added and heated to reflux. After the reaction, the mixture is diluted with toluene, washed successively with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, water and saturated brine, purified by column chromatography (alumina), and the compound represented by formula (I-26-8) 13. 8 g (cis / trans = 24/76) were obtained.
オートクレーブ容器に式(I−26−8)で表される化合物13.8g、5%パラジウム炭素(50%Wet)1.4g、テトラヒドロフラン120mLを加え0.4MPaの水素雰囲気下50 ℃で反応させた。反応液をろ過し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル)により単離精製を行い、式(I−26−9)で表される化合物7.6g(cis/trans=3/97)を得た。 To the autoclave container, 13.8 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-26-8), 1.4 g of 5% palladium carbon (50% Wet) and 120 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added and reacted at 50 ° C. in a hydrogen atmosphere of 0.4 MPa. . The reaction solution was filtered and isolated and purified by column chromatography (silica gel) to obtain 7.6 g (cis / trans = 3/97) of a compound represented by the formula (I-26-9).
温度計及び滴下ロートを備え窒素置換した反応容器に式(I−26−9)で表される化合物7.6g、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン8.9g、ジクロロメタン140mLを加えた。氷冷しながら塩化メタクリロイル6.2gを滴下し室温で反応させた。反応後、10%塩酸、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル)及び再結晶により精製を行い、式(I−26)で表される化合物4.0g(trans体のみ)を得た。
MS 469(M+H+)
<高分子安定化液晶表示素子>
(実施例5)
n型液晶として下記(LCN−1)で示される組成物(Δn0.102、粘性η16.8、Δε−3.8)を調製した。重合性化合物として、下記式(I−1)で示される化合物及び、下記式(A−1)で示される化合物を用いた。To a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer and a dropping funnel and purged with nitrogen, 7.6 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-26-9), 8.9 g of diisopropylethylamine, and 140 mL of dichloromethane were added. While cooling with ice, 6.2 g of methacryloyl chloride was added dropwise and reacted at room temperature. After the reaction, the product is washed successively with 10% hydrochloric acid and saturated brine, and purified by column chromatography (silica gel) and recrystallization to obtain 4.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-26) (trans isomer only). It was.
MS 469 (M + H + )
<Polymer stabilized liquid crystal display element>
(Example 5)
A composition (Δn0.102, viscosity η16.8, Δε-3.8) represented by the following (LCN-1) was prepared as an n-type liquid crystal. As the polymerizable compound, a compound represented by the following formula (I-1) and a compound represented by the following formula (A-1) were used.
n型液晶組成物として(LCN−1;Δn0.102、粘性η16.8、Δε−3.8)90%、重合性化合物(I−1)8%、重合性化合物(A−1)2%及び重合光開始剤Irgacure651を0.2%含有する重合性液晶組成物(LCM−1)を調製した。 液晶の垂直配向(ホメオトロピック配向)が得られるように、セルギャップ3μmのポリイミド配向膜を塗布した後、基板面法線方向に対してプレチルト角が1°〜2°になるようにラビング配向処理を施しITO付きパラレルラビング配向のセルを用いた。重合性液晶組成物(LCM−1)を60℃に加熱して、真空注入法によりガラスセル内に注入した。 As an n-type liquid crystal composition (LCN-1; Δn0.102, viscosity η16.8, Δε-3.8) 90%, polymerizable compound (I-1) 8%, polymerizable compound (A-1) 2% And a polymerizable liquid crystal composition (LCM-1) containing 0.2% of the polymerization photoinitiator Irgacure 651 was prepared. After applying a polyimide alignment film with a cell gap of 3 μm so that liquid crystal vertical alignment (homeotropic alignment) can be obtained, rubbing alignment treatment is performed so that the pretilt angle is 1 ° to 2 ° with respect to the normal direction of the substrate surface. A parallel rubbing orientation cell with ITO was used. The polymerizable liquid crystal composition (LCM-1) was heated to 60 ° C. and injected into the glass cell by a vacuum injection method.
注入後ガラスセルを取り出し、注入口を封口剤3026E(スリーボンド社製)で封止した。紫外線カットフィルターL−37(ホーヤ カンデオ オプトロニクス社製)を介した照射強度が15mW/cm2の紫外線を、25℃又は−10℃で300秒間照射した。これにより重合性液晶組成物の重合性化合物を重合させて、VAモードの液晶表示素子を得た。直交する二枚の偏光板の間に作製したセルを置くと黒くなりセルを方位角方向へ回転しても暗視野が変化せず、ポリマーネットワークの光軸方向と液晶配向容易軸方向が同一方向であることを確認した。After the injection, the glass cell was taken out and the inlet was sealed with a sealing agent 3026E (manufactured by ThreeBond). Ultraviolet rays having an irradiation intensity of 15 mW / cm 2 through an ultraviolet cut filter L-37 (manufactured by Hoya Candeo Optronics) were irradiated at 25 ° C. or −10 ° C. for 300 seconds. Thereby, the polymerizable compound of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition was polymerized to obtain a VA mode liquid crystal display element. When the cell prepared between two orthogonal polarizing plates is placed, it becomes black and the dark field does not change even if the cell is rotated in the azimuth direction, and the optical axis direction of the polymer network and the liquid crystal alignment easy axis direction are the same direction. It was confirmed.
60Hzの矩形波を印加して、電圧−透過率特性(V90:透過率90%時の印加電圧)び応答時間(立下り時間、立上り時間)を測定した結果を以下の表1に示す。 Table 1 below shows the results of measuring voltage-transmittance characteristics (V90: applied voltage at 90% transmittance) and response time (fall time, rise time) by applying a rectangular wave of 60 Hz.
(実施例6)
用いる重合性化合物を、重合性化合物(I−19)5%及び重合性化合物(A−1)5%に変更した以外は実施例5と同様の方法にて、VAモードの液晶表示素子を得た。(Example 6)
A VA mode liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5 except that the polymerizable compound used was changed to 5% polymerizable compound (I-19) and 5% polymerizable compound (A-1). It was.
60Hzの矩形波を印加して電圧−透過率特性及び応答時間を測定した結果を以下の表1に示す。
(実施例7)
用いる重合性化合物を、重合性化合物(I−38)10%に変更した以外は実施例5と同様の方法にて、VAモードの液晶表示素子を得た。The results of measuring the voltage-transmittance characteristics and the response time by applying a 60 Hz rectangular wave are shown in Table 1 below.
(Example 7)
A VA mode liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5 except that the polymerizable compound used was changed to 10% of the polymerizable compound (I-38).
60Hzの矩形波を印加して電圧−透過率特性及び応答時間を測定した結果を以下の表1に示す。
(実施例8)
用いる重合性化合物を、重合性化合物(I−26)10%に変更した以外は実施例5と同様の方法にて、VAモードの液晶表示素子を得た。The results of measuring the voltage-transmittance characteristics and the response time by applying a 60 Hz rectangular wave are shown in Table 1 below.
(Example 8)
A VA mode liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5 except that the polymerizable compound used was changed to 10% of the polymerizable compound (I-26).
60Hzの矩形波を印加して電圧−透過率特性及び応答時間を測定した結果を以下の表1に示す。
(比較例1)
重合性化合物を用いない(すなわち液晶組成物(LCN−1)100%)以外は実施例5と同様の方法にて、VAモードの液晶表示素子を得た。The results of measuring the voltage-transmittance characteristics and the response time by applying a 60 Hz rectangular wave are shown in Table 1 below.
(Comparative Example 1)
A VA mode liquid crystal display element was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5 except that the polymerizable compound was not used (that is, liquid crystal composition (LCN-1) 100%).
60Hzの矩形波を印加して電圧−透過率特性及び応答時間を測定した結果を以下の表1に示す。
(比較例2)
用いる重合性化合物を、重合性化合物(A−1)5%及び重合性化合物(A−2)5%に変更した以外は実施例5と同様の方法にて、VAモードの液晶表示素子を得た。The results of measuring the voltage-transmittance characteristics and the response time by applying a 60 Hz rectangular wave are shown in Table 1 below.
(Comparative Example 2)
A VA mode liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5 except that the polymerizable compound used was changed to 5% polymerizable compound (A-1) and 5% polymerizable compound (A-2). It was.
60Hzの矩形波を印加して電圧−透過率特性及び応答時間を測定した結果を以下の表1に示す。
(実施例9)
n型液晶として(LCN−1)で示される組成物(Δn0.102、粘性η16.8、Δε−3.8)を下記(LCN−2)で示される組成物(Δn0.12、粘性η19mPa・s、Δε−3.3)に変更した以外は実施例5と同様の方法にて、VAモードの液晶表示素子を得た。The results of measuring the voltage-transmittance characteristics and the response time by applying a 60 Hz rectangular wave are shown in Table 1 below.
Example 9
The composition (Δn0.102, viscosity η16.8, Δε-3.8) represented by (LCN-1) as an n-type liquid crystal is changed to the composition (Δn0.12, viscosity η19 mPa · s) represented by (LCN-2) below. A VA mode liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5 except that it was changed to s, Δε-3.3).
60Hzの矩形波を印加して電圧−透過率特性及び応答時間を測定した結果を以下の表1に示す。
(実施例10)
n型液晶として(LCN−1)で示される組成物(Δn0.102、粘性η16.8、Δε−3.8)を下記(LCN−2)で示される組成物(Δn0.12、粘性η19mPa・s、Δε−3.3)に変更し、用いる重合性化合物を、重合性化合物(I−19)7%及び重合性化合物(A−1)3%に変更した以外は実施例6と同様の方法にて、VAモードの液晶表示素子を得た。The results of measuring the voltage-transmittance characteristics and the response time by applying a 60 Hz rectangular wave are shown in Table 1 below.
(Example 10)
The composition (Δn0.102, viscosity η16.8, Δε-3.8) represented by (LCN-1) as an n-type liquid crystal is changed to the composition (Δn0.12, viscosity η19 mPa · s) represented by (LCN-2) below. s, Δε-3.3), and the polymerizable compound used was the same as in Example 6 except that the polymerizable compound (I-19) was changed to 7% and the polymerizable compound (A-1) 3%. By the method, a VA mode liquid crystal display element was obtained.
60Hzの矩形波を印加して電圧−透過率特性及び応答時間を測定した結果を以下の表1に示す。
(実施例11)
n型液晶として(LCN−1)で示される組成物(Δn0.102、粘性η16.8、Δε−3.8)を下記(LCN−2)で示される組成物(Δn0.12、粘性η19mPa・s、Δε−3.3)に変更した以外は実施例7と同様の方法にて、VAモードの液晶表示素子を得た。The results of measuring the voltage-transmittance characteristics and the response time by applying a 60 Hz rectangular wave are shown in Table 1 below.
(Example 11)
The composition (Δn0.102, viscosity η16.8, Δε-3.8) represented by (LCN-1) as an n-type liquid crystal is changed to the composition (Δn0.12, viscosity η19 mPa · s) represented by (LCN-2) below. A VA mode liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 7 except that it was changed to s, Δε-3.3).
60Hzの矩形波を印加して電圧−透過率特性及び応答時間を測定した結果を以下の表1に示す。
(実施例12)
用いる重合性化合物を(I−19)から(I−26)に変更した以外は実施例10と同様の方法にて、VAモードの液晶表示素子を得た。The results of measuring the voltage-transmittance characteristics and the response time by applying a 60 Hz rectangular wave are shown in Table 1 below.
(Example 12)
A VA mode liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the polymerizable compound used was changed from (I-19) to (I-26).
60Hzの矩形波を印加して電圧−透過率特性及び応答時間を測定した結果を以下の表1に示す。
(比較例3)
n型液晶として(LCN−1)で示される組成物(Δn0.102、粘性η16.8、Δε−3.8)を下記(LCN−2)で示される組成物(Δn0.12、粘性η19mPa・s、Δε−3.3)に変更した以外は比較例1と同様の方法にて、VAモードの液晶表示素子を得た。The results of measuring the voltage-transmittance characteristics and the response time by applying a 60 Hz rectangular wave are shown in Table 1 below.
(Comparative Example 3)
The composition (Δn0.102, viscosity η16.8, Δε-3.8) represented by (LCN-1) as an n-type liquid crystal is changed to the composition (Δn0.12, viscosity η19 mPa · s) represented by (LCN-2) below. A VA mode liquid crystal display device was obtained in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1 except that s, Δε-3.3).
60Hzの矩形波を印加して電圧−透過率特性及び応答時間を測定した結果を以下の表1に示す。
(比較例4)
n型液晶として(LCN−1)で示される組成物(Δn0.102、粘性η16.8、Δε−3.8)を下記(LCN−2)で示される組成物(Δn0.12、粘性η19mPa・s、Δε−3.3)に変更した以外は比較例2と同様の方法にて、VAモードの液晶表示素子を得た。The results of measuring the voltage-transmittance characteristics and the response time by applying a 60 Hz rectangular wave are shown in Table 1 below.
(Comparative Example 4)
The composition (Δn0.102, viscosity η16.8, Δε-3.8) represented by (LCN-1) as an n-type liquid crystal is changed to the composition (Δn0.12, viscosity η19 mPa · s) represented by (LCN-2) below. A VA mode liquid crystal display element was obtained in the same manner as in Comparative Example 2 except that s, Δε-3.3).
60Hzの矩形波を印加して電圧−透過率特性及び応答時間を測定した結果を以下の表1に示す。 The results of measuring the voltage-transmittance characteristics and the response time by applying a 60 Hz rectangular wave are shown in Table 1 below.
この結果、本発明の一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を用いた実施例は、重合性化合物を用いていない比較例1、比較例3の結果と比べ、立下り時間及び立上り時間が著しく短くなり、応答性の改善が見られた。さらに、本発明の一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を用いた実施例5〜12は、本発明の一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を用いていない比較例2及び比較例4と比べV90の値が低下し、駆動電圧の増加が抑えられた液晶表示素子を得ることができる。
<光学異方体>
(実施例13〜16、比較例5〜6)
(重合性液晶組成物(1)の調製)
下記表に示す通り、式(I−1)で表される化合物30質量部、式(X−1)で表される化合物20質量部、式(X−2)で表される化合物20質量部、式(X−3)で表される化合物30質量部の合計値100質量部に対して、重合開始剤イルガキュア907(E-1)5質量部、p−メトキシフェノール(MEHQ)(F−1)0.1質量部、及び、界面活性剤メガファックF−554(G−1)0.1質量部用い、これらの化合物の全合計量が25質量%となるように、有機溶媒であるMEK(H−1)75質量%を用い、攪拌プロペラを有する攪拌装置を使用し、攪拌速度が500rpm、溶液温度が60℃の条件下で1時間攪拌後、0.2μmのメンブランフィルターで濾過して重合性液晶組成物(1)を得た。
(重合性液晶組成物(2)〜(4)、比較用重合性液晶組成物(5)及び(6)の調製)
本発明の重合性液晶組成物(1)において、式(I−1)で表される化合物を式(I−19)、式(I−38)、式(I-26)、式(R−1)、式(R−2)で表される化合物にそれぞれ変更した以外は重合性液晶組成物(1)の調製と同一条件で、下記表2に示すような重合性液晶組成物(2)〜(4)、比較用重合性液晶組成物(5)及び(6)を得た。As a result, the examples using the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention were compared with the results of Comparative Example 1 and Comparative Example 3 in which no polymerizable compound was used, and the falling time and the rising time. Was significantly shortened and improved responsiveness was observed. Further, Examples 5 to 12 using the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention are Comparative Examples 2 and 2 in which the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention is not used. Compared with Comparative Example 4, the value of V90 is lowered, and a liquid crystal display element in which an increase in driving voltage is suppressed can be obtained.
<Optical anisotropic body>
(Examples 13-16, Comparative Examples 5-6)
(Preparation of polymerizable liquid crystal composition (1))
As shown in the following table, 30 parts by mass of the compound represented by formula (I-1), 20 parts by mass of the compound represented by formula (X-1), and 20 parts by mass of the compound represented by formula (X-2) , 5 parts by mass of polymerization initiator Irgacure 907 (E-1), p-methoxyphenol (MEHQ) (F-1) with respect to 100 parts by mass of a total of 30 parts by mass of the compound represented by formula (X-3) ) Using 0.1 parts by mass and 0.1 part by mass of the surfactant Megafac F-554 (G-1), MEK which is an organic solvent so that the total amount of these compounds is 25% by mass (H-1) Using 75% by mass, using a stirring device having a stirring propeller, stirring for 1 hour under the conditions of a stirring speed of 500 rpm and a solution temperature of 60 ° C., and then filtering through a 0.2 μm membrane filter. A polymerizable liquid crystal composition (1) was obtained.
(Preparation of polymerizable liquid crystal compositions (2) to (4), comparative polymerizable liquid crystal compositions (5) and (6))
In the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (1) of the present invention, the compound represented by formula (I-1) is represented by formula (I-19), formula (I-38), formula (I-26), formula (R- 1) A polymerizable liquid crystal composition (2) as shown in Table 2 below under the same conditions as the preparation of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (1) except that the compound represented by the formula (R-2) was changed. To (4), comparative polymerizable liquid crystal compositions (5) and (6) were obtained.
(実施例13)
<密着性等評価用薄膜の作製>
基材として、COP(シクロオレフィンポリマー)基板上に垂直配向膜用であるシランカップリング系材料(JNC製:DMOAP)をスピンコート法で塗布し、100℃で1時間焼成して基材を得た。得られた基材にバーコーター♯5を用いて、調整した上記重合性液晶組成物(1)を室温で、塗布し、60℃で2分乾燥した。その後、25℃で1分放置した後に、コンベア式の高圧水銀ランプを使用して、照度が200mJ/cm2となるようにセットしてUV光を照射することにより、実施例13の薄膜を得た。
<塗膜の密着性評価>
上記により得られた薄膜(塗膜)を、JIS K5600−5−6に則り、カッターを用いたクロスカット法を用いて、カッターで碁盤目状に切り目を入れ、2mm角の碁盤目にし、塗膜の密着性を測定した。
分類0:いずれの基盤目にもはがれがない。
分類1:カットの交差点における塗膜の小さなはがれが確認される(5%未満)。
分類2:塗膜がカットの線に沿って、交差点においてはがれている(5%以上15%未満)。
分類3:塗膜がカットの線に沿って部分的、全面的にはがれている(15%以上35%未満)。
分類4:塗膜がカットの線に沿って部分的、全面的に大きくはがれを生じている(35%以上65%未満)。
分類5:分類4以上(65%以上)。
<塗膜のヘイズ評価>
上記密着性評価試験において得られた薄膜を、日本電色工業株式会社製の濁度計NDH2000を用いて3点測定し平均値を評価した。
◎:0.1未満
○:0.1以上0.2未満
△:0.2以上0.5未満
×:0.5以上
<塗膜の耐久性評価>
上記密着性評価試験において得られた薄膜を85℃で500時間加熱して耐久性測定用薄膜を得た。上記加熱試験前後の入射光θ=50°の位相差Reを大塚電子製のRETS−100にて測定し(波長は550nm)、加熱前の位相差を100%とした場合の加熱後の位相差変化率を評価した。
◎:変化なし
○:3%未満の低下
△:3%以上〜7%未満の低下
×:7%以上の低下
得られた結果を以下の表3に示す。(Example 13)
<Preparation of thin film for evaluation such as adhesion>
As a base material, a silane coupling material (manufactured by JNC: DMOAP) for a vertical alignment film is applied on a COP (cycloolefin polymer) substrate by a spin coating method, and baked at 100 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a base material. It was. The prepared polymerizable liquid crystal composition (1) was applied to the obtained substrate using a bar coater # 5 at room temperature and dried at 60 ° C. for 2 minutes. Then, after leaving at 25 ° C. for 1 minute, using a conveyor type high-pressure mercury lamp, the illuminance is set to 200 mJ / cm 2 and irradiated with UV light to obtain the thin film of Example 13. It was.
<Evaluation of adhesion of coating film>
The thin film (coating film) obtained as described above is cut into a grid pattern with a cutter in accordance with JIS K5600-5-6, using a cross-cut method using a cutter, and a 2-mm square grid is formed. The adhesion of the film was measured.
Classification 0: No peeling on any base.
Classification 1: Small peeling of the coating film at the intersection of cuts is confirmed (less than 5%).
Classification 2: The coating film is peeled off at the intersection along the cut line (5% or more and less than 15%).
Classification 3: The coating film is partially or totally peeled along the cut line (15% or more and less than 35%).
Classification 4: The coating film is largely and completely peeled along the cut line (35% or more and less than 65%).
Classification 5: Classification 4 or more (65% or more).
<Haze evaluation of coating film>
The thin film obtained in the adhesion evaluation test was measured at three points using a turbidimeter NDH2000 manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd., and the average value was evaluated.
◎: Less than 0.1 ○: 0.1 or more and less than 0.2 Δ: 0.2 or more and less than 0.5 ×: 0.5 or more <Durability Evaluation of Coating Film>
The thin film obtained in the adhesion evaluation test was heated at 85 ° C. for 500 hours to obtain a thin film for durability measurement. Phase difference Re after incident heating θ = 50 ° before and after the heating test was measured with Otsuka Electronics RETS-100 (wavelength is 550 nm), and the phase difference after heating was set to 100% before heating. The rate of change was evaluated.
A: No change B: Decrease of less than 3% Δ: Decrease of 3% or more to less than 7% X: Decrease of 7% or more The results obtained are shown in Table 3 below.
(実施例14〜16、比較例5〜6)
重合性液晶組成物(2)〜(6)を用いて、実施例13と同様に、密着性評価用薄膜を作製し、密着性、ヘイズ、耐久性を測定した。結果を、それぞれ、実施例14〜16、比較例5〜6とし、上記表3に示す。(Examples 14-16, Comparative Examples 5-6)
Using the polymerizable liquid crystal compositions (2) to (6), a thin film for adhesion evaluation was prepared in the same manner as in Example 13, and the adhesion, haze, and durability were measured. The results are shown in Table 3 above as Examples 14 to 16 and Comparative Examples 5 to 6, respectively.
その結果、式(I−1)、式(I−19)、式(I−38)、式(I−26)で表される本願発明の化合物を用いた重合性液晶組成物(実施例13〜16)は、比較例5〜6に比べ、基材との密着性が良好な光学異方体を得ることができる。 As a result, a polymerizable liquid crystal composition using the compound of the present invention represented by formula (I-1), formula (I-19), formula (I-38), or formula (I-26) (Example 13). ~ 16) can obtain an optically anisotropic body having better adhesion to the substrate as compared with Comparative Examples 5-6.
Claims (5)
A1及びA2は各々独立して、無置換であるか又は1〜2個の置換基Lによって置換されていても良い1,2−フェニレン基、1,4−フェニレン基、ナフタレン−1,4−ジイル基、ナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基、シクロヘキサン−1,4−ジイル基、1,4−シクロヘキセニレン基、ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン−1,4−ジイル基、スピロ[3.3]ヘプタン−2,6−ジイル基、1,3‐ジオキサン‐2,5−ジイル基、ピペリジン−2,5−ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基、1,2,3,4−テトラヒドロナフタレン−2,6−ジイル基、インダン−2,5−ジイル基、チオフェン−2,5−ジイル基又はフルオレン−2,7−ジイル基を表すが、A1及び/又はA2が複数現れる場合は各々同一であっても異なっていても良く、
置換基LはP−Sp−基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子、ペンタフルオロスルフラニル基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、イソシアノ基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシル基、メルカプト基、メチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、ジイソプロピルアミノ基、トリメチルシリル基、ジメチルシリル基、チオイソシアノ基、又は、1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−、−S−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−CO−S−、−S−CO−、−O−CO−O−、−CO−NH−、−NH−CO−、−CH=CH−COO−、−CH=CH−OCO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCO−CH=CH−、−CH=CH−、−CF=CF−又は−C≡C−によって置換されても良い炭素原子数1から20の直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基を表すが、置換基Lが複数存在する場合それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、
Z 1 は−O−、−S−、−CH2−、−OCH2−、−CH2O−、−CH2CH2−、−CH2CF2−、−CF2CH2−、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−CO−S−、−S−CO−、−O−CO−O−、−CO−NH−、−NH−CO−、−OCO−NH−、−NH−COO−、−NH−CO−NH−、−NH−O−、−O−NH−、−SCH2−、−CH2S−、−CF2O−、−OCF2−、−CF2S−、−SCF2−、−CH=CH−COO−、−CH=CH−OCO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCO−CH=CH−、−COO−CH2CH2−、−OCO−CH2CH2−、−CH2CH2−COO−、−CH2CH2−OCO−、−COO−CH2−、−OCO−CH2−、−CH2−COO−、−CH=CH−、−N=N−、−CH=N−、−N=CH−、−CH=N−N=CH−、−CF=CF−、−C≡C−又は単結合を表し、Z 2 は−O−、−S−、−CH 2 −、−OCH 2 −、−CH 2 O−、−CH 2 CH 2 −、−CH 2 CF 2 −、−CF 2 CH 2 −、−CO−、−COO−、−OCO−、−CO−S−、−S−CO−、−O−CO−O−、−CO−NH−、−NH−CO−、−OCO−NH−、−NH−COO−、−NH−CO−NH−、−NH−O−、−O−NH−、−SCH 2 −、−CH 2 S−、−CF 2 O−、−OCF 2 −、−CF 2 S−、−SCF 2 −、−CH=CH−COO−、−CH=CH−OCO−、−COO−CH=CH−、−OCO−CH=CH−、−COO−CH 2 CH 2 −、−OCO−CH 2 CH 2 −、−CH 2 CH 2 −COO−、−CH 2 CH 2 −OCO−、−OCO−CH 2 −、−CH 2 −COO−、−CH 2 −OCO−、−CH=CH−、−N=N−、−CH=N−、−N=CH−、−CH=N−N=CH−、−CF=CF−、−C≡C−又は単結合を表すが、Bを有する環に直接結合するZ 2 は単結合を表し、Z1及び/又はZ2が複数現れる場合は各々同一であっても異なっていても良く、
Bは、−O−又は−CH2−を表し、
m及びnは各々独立して0から5の整数を表すが、m+nは1から5の整数を表し、
R1はP−Sp−基を表し、式中に複数存在するP、Spは各々同一であっても異なっていても良いが、少なくとも一つのSpは1個の−CH2−又は隣接していない2個以上の−CH2−が各々独立して−O−、−COO−、−OCO−又は−OCO−O−に置き換えられても良い炭素原子数1から20のアルキレン基を表す。)で表される重合性化合物。 Formula (I)
A 1 and A 2 are each independently unsubstituted or optionally substituted by one or two substituents L, 1,2-phenylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, naphthalene-1, 4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, bicyclo [2.2.2] octane-1,4-diyl group, spiro [3.3] Heptane-2,6-diyl group, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl group, piperidine-2,5-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2 , 3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, indane-2,5-diyl group, thiophene-2,5-diyl group or fluorene-2,7-diyl group, A 1 and / or in each the same if A 2 appears more Can be different or different,
Substituent L is P-Sp- group, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, pentafluorosulfuranyl group, nitro group, cyano group, isocyano group, amino group, hydroxyl group, mercapto group, methylamino group , A dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a diisopropylamino group, a trimethylsilyl group, a dimethylsilyl group, a thioisocyano group, or one —CH 2 — or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — are each independently O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-S-, -S-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NH-, -NH-CO- , —CH═CH—COO—, —CH═CH—OCO—, —COO—CH═CH—, —OCO—CH═CH—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF— or —C≡C— Replaced by Represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of substituents L are present, they may be the same or different,
Z 1 represents —O—, —S—, —CH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CF 2 —, —CF 2 CH 2 —, —CO. -, -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-S-, -S-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NH-, -NH-CO-, -OCO-NH-, -NH —COO—, —NH—CO—NH—, —NH—O—, —O—NH—, —SCH 2 —, —CH 2 S—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 S -, - SCF 2 -, - CH = CH-COO -, - CH = CH-OCO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCO-CH = CH -, - COO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO -CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO -, - COO-CH 2 -, - OCO-CH -, - CH 2 -COO-, - CH = CH -, - N = N -, - CH = N -, - N = CH -, - CH = N-N = CH -, - CF = CF -, - C≡C- or a single bond and Table, Z 2 is -O -, - S -, - CH 2 -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CF 2 -, - CF 2 CH 2 - , - CO -, - COO -, - OCO -, - CO-S -, - S-CO -, - OCO-O -, - CO-NH -, - NH- CO—, —OCO—NH—, —NH—COO—, —NH—CO—NH—, —NH—O— , —O —NH—, —SCH 2 —, —CH 2 S—, —CF 2 O -, - OCF 2 -, - CF 2 S -, - SCF 2 -, - CH = CH-COO -, - CH = CH-OCO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCO-CH = CH- -COO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO -, - OCO-CH 2 -, - CH 2 -COO-, —CH 2 —OCO—, —CH═CH—, —N═N—, —CH═N—, —N═CH—, —CH═N—N═CH—, —CF═CF—, —C≡. C- or represents a single bond, Z 2 is attached directly to a ring having a B represents a single bond, rather it may also be different from each be the same if Z 1 and / or Z 2 appears more,
B represents —O— or —CH 2 —;
m and n each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, m + n represents an integer of 1 to 5,
R 1 represents a P—Sp— group, and a plurality of P and Sp present in the formula may be the same or different, but at least one Sp is one —CH 2 — or adjacent to each other. 2 or more —CH 2 — not present each independently represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may be replaced with —O—, —COO—, —OCO— or —OCO—O—. ) A polymerizable compound represented by:
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2017145465A JP6891704B2 (en) | 2015-06-25 | 2017-07-27 | Polymerizable compounds and liquid crystal display devices using them |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2015127684 | 2015-06-25 | ||
JP2015127684 | 2015-06-25 | ||
PCT/JP2016/067920 WO2016208483A1 (en) | 2015-06-25 | 2016-06-16 | Polymerizable compound and liquid crystal display element using same |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
JP2017145465A Division JP6891704B2 (en) | 2015-06-25 | 2017-07-27 | Polymerizable compounds and liquid crystal display devices using them |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
JPWO2016208483A1 JPWO2016208483A1 (en) | 2017-06-29 |
JP6183575B2 true JP6183575B2 (en) | 2017-08-23 |
Family
ID=57585138
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
JP2017506432A Expired - Fee Related JP6183575B2 (en) | 2015-06-25 | 2016-06-16 | Polymerizable compound and liquid crystal display device using the same |
JP2017145465A Active JP6891704B2 (en) | 2015-06-25 | 2017-07-27 | Polymerizable compounds and liquid crystal display devices using them |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
JP2017145465A Active JP6891704B2 (en) | 2015-06-25 | 2017-07-27 | Polymerizable compounds and liquid crystal display devices using them |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (2) | JP6183575B2 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2016208483A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2017203035A (en) * | 2015-06-25 | 2017-11-16 | Dic株式会社 | Polymerizable compound and liquid crystal display element using the same |
Families Citing this family (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP3345985A1 (en) * | 2017-01-09 | 2018-07-11 | Merck Patent GmbH | Liquid-crystalline medium |
JP7091652B2 (en) * | 2017-12-22 | 2022-06-28 | Dic株式会社 | Manufacturing method of liquid crystal display element |
TWI814843B (en) * | 2018-07-03 | 2023-09-11 | 日商Dic股份有限公司 | Manufacturing method of liquid crystal display element |
TWI791853B (en) * | 2018-07-03 | 2023-02-11 | 日商Dic股份有限公司 | Substrate and liquid crystal display element |
JP2022001901A (en) * | 2020-06-19 | 2022-01-06 | 住友化学株式会社 | Polarizer and method for manufacturing the same |
Family Cites Families (21)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2723060B2 (en) * | 1994-12-14 | 1998-03-09 | 日本電気株式会社 | Liquid crystal optical element |
DE19628700A1 (en) * | 1996-07-17 | 1998-01-22 | Basf Ag | Liquid crystalline sugar derivatives |
DE19654487B4 (en) * | 1996-12-27 | 2005-10-20 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Halovinyloxy substituted dioxane derivatives and liquid crystalline medium containing them |
JP4208058B2 (en) * | 1998-10-09 | 2009-01-14 | Dic株式会社 | Liquid crystalline (meth) acrylate compound and liquid crystal composition containing the compound |
JP4165197B2 (en) * | 2002-11-27 | 2008-10-15 | チッソ株式会社 | Liquid crystalline α-trifluoromethyl acrylate derivative and polymer thereof |
JP4576832B2 (en) * | 2003-01-06 | 2010-11-10 | チッソ株式会社 | Polymerizable compound and polymer thereof |
JP4747257B2 (en) * | 2003-06-03 | 2011-08-17 | Jnc株式会社 | Polymerizable liquid crystalline compound having unsaturated bond and polymer thereof |
JP4569189B2 (en) * | 2003-06-23 | 2010-10-27 | チッソ株式会社 | Liquid crystal compound, liquid crystal composition and polymer thereof |
JP4645010B2 (en) * | 2003-07-22 | 2011-03-09 | チッソ株式会社 | Fluorocyclopropane compound and polymer thereof |
JP4561218B2 (en) * | 2003-07-30 | 2010-10-13 | チッソ株式会社 | Photocurable fluorene derivatives and compositions containing them |
JP4923380B2 (en) * | 2003-12-22 | 2012-04-25 | Jnc株式会社 | Low refractive index anisotropic compounds, compositions and polymers or polymer compositions thereof |
JP2007039414A (en) * | 2005-08-05 | 2007-02-15 | Chisso Corp | Axially asymmetric optically active cyclohexane compound, liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal display element and formed article |
US8216489B2 (en) * | 2008-04-09 | 2012-07-10 | Jnc Corporation | Three-ring liquid crystal compound having lateral fluorine, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display device |
WO2009150963A1 (en) * | 2008-06-09 | 2009-12-17 | チッソ株式会社 | Pentacyclic liquid crystal compound having cyclohexane ring, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element |
JP5533257B2 (en) * | 2010-05-25 | 2014-06-25 | Jnc株式会社 | Polymerizable liquid crystal compound, composition and polymer thereof |
JP5978938B2 (en) * | 2012-11-13 | 2016-08-24 | Jnc株式会社 | Polymerizable compound, polymerizable composition, and liquid crystal display device |
JP6098421B2 (en) * | 2013-07-31 | 2017-03-22 | Jnc株式会社 | Polymerizable compound having oxygen-containing five-membered ring, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display device |
KR101886669B1 (en) * | 2014-02-14 | 2018-09-10 | 디아이씨 가부시끼가이샤 | Lcd device |
JP2016011346A (en) * | 2014-06-27 | 2016-01-21 | Jnc株式会社 | Polymerizable compound, polymerizable composition, and liquid crystal display element |
JP6402976B2 (en) * | 2014-07-04 | 2018-10-10 | Dic株式会社 | Polymerizable compound and optical anisotropic body |
JP6183575B2 (en) * | 2015-06-25 | 2017-08-23 | Dic株式会社 | Polymerizable compound and liquid crystal display device using the same |
-
2016
- 2016-06-16 JP JP2017506432A patent/JP6183575B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2016-06-16 WO PCT/JP2016/067920 patent/WO2016208483A1/en active Application Filing
-
2017
- 2017-07-27 JP JP2017145465A patent/JP6891704B2/en active Active
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2017203035A (en) * | 2015-06-25 | 2017-11-16 | Dic株式会社 | Polymerizable compound and liquid crystal display element using the same |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP6891704B2 (en) | 2021-06-18 |
JPWO2016208483A1 (en) | 2017-06-29 |
JP2017203035A (en) | 2017-11-16 |
WO2016208483A1 (en) | 2016-12-29 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP6183575B2 (en) | Polymerizable compound and liquid crystal display device using the same | |
JP5593890B2 (en) | Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal device | |
KR20200016215A (en) | Polymerizable monomer, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element using the same | |
JP5834489B2 (en) | Polymerizable naphthalene compound | |
JP5509569B2 (en) | Polymer-stabilized ferroelectric liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal element, and method for producing the display element | |
JP6547907B2 (en) | Spontaneous alignment aid for liquid crystal composition, compound suitable for the spontaneous alignment aid, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2002145830A (en) | Polymerizable liquid crystal compound, polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing the same and polymer of the composition | |
JPWO2019003936A1 (en) | Spontaneous alignment aid for liquid crystal compositions | |
WO2019049673A1 (en) | Alignment assistant, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element | |
TW201346408A (en) | Liquid crystal display element | |
JP7006659B2 (en) | Polymerizable monomer, liquid crystal composition using it, and liquid crystal display element | |
JP2020076012A (en) | Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element | |
JP6808916B2 (en) | Liquid crystal display element | |
JPWO2018074311A1 (en) | Polymerizable liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal display device, and method of manufacturing liquid crystal display device | |
JP6566153B1 (en) | Nematic liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device using the same | |
JP6270016B2 (en) | Polymerizable compound | |
CN110803990A (en) | Compound, liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal display element and liquid crystal display | |
JP2015090427A (en) | Manufacturing method of liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element using the same | |
JP6699799B2 (en) | Polymerizable compound, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device using the same | |
WO2019082839A1 (en) | Polymerizable liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element | |
TWI477589B (en) | Polymerizable compounds | |
JP7472606B2 (en) | Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device | |
JP6319524B2 (en) | Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof | |
JP5648352B2 (en) | Polymerizable naphthalene compound | |
JP6849151B2 (en) | Polymerizable compound-containing liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal display element, and polymerizable compound |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
A975 | Report on accelerated examination |
Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A971005 Effective date: 20170405 |
|
A131 | Notification of reasons for refusal |
Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131 Effective date: 20170420 |
|
A521 | Request for written amendment filed |
Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523 Effective date: 20170616 |
|
TRDD | Decision of grant or rejection written | ||
A01 | Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model) |
Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01 Effective date: 20170627 |
|
A61 | First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure) |
Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61 Effective date: 20170710 |
|
R151 | Written notification of patent or utility model registration |
Ref document number: 6183575 Country of ref document: JP Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R151 |
|
R250 | Receipt of annual fees |
Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250 |
|
R250 | Receipt of annual fees |
Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250 |
|
LAPS | Cancellation because of no payment of annual fees |